Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:08:26 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97425 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/caasp.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/caasp.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/caasp.de.po 2017-09-14 14:07:24 UTC (rev 97424) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/caasp.de.po 2017-09-14 14:08:26 UTC (rev 97425) @@ -14,37 +14,36 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installationsübersicht" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Installieren" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Softwarevorschlag fehlgeschlagen. Installation kann nicht fortgesetzt " -"werden.\n" +"Softwarevorschlag fehlgeschlagen. Installation kann nicht fortgesetzt werden.\n" "%s" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "NTP-Server" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -56,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "Geben Sie eine gültige IP-Adresse oder einen gültigen Hostnamen ein" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -65,41 +64,29 @@ "\n" "Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" -"Sie haben keinen NTP-Server konfiguriert. Das kann möglicherweise dazu " -"führen, dass\n" +"Sie haben keinen NTP-Server konfiguriert. Das kann möglicherweise dazu führen, dass\n" "Ihr Cluster nicht ordnungsgemäß oder gar nicht funktioniert.\n" "Gehen Sie vorsichtig und auf eigene Gefahr vor.\n" "Möchten Sie mit der Installation fortfahren?" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}:<br>Severity: %{severity}<br>Message: " -"%{message}" -msgstr "" -"Problem beim Vorschlagen von %{client} erkannt:<br>Schweregrad: %{severity}" -"<br>Nachricht: %{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}:<br>Severity: %{severity}<br>Message: %{message}" +msgstr "Problem beim Vorschlagen von %{client} erkannt:<br>Schweregrad: %{severity}<br>Nachricht: %{message}" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." -msgstr "" -"%s blockiert die Installation. Lösen Sie dieses Problem, bevor Sie " -"fortfahren." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +msgstr "%s blockiert die Installation. Lösen Sie dieses Problem, bevor Sie fortfahren." -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "Administrationsknoten" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" -msgstr "" -"Kein gültiger Ort für Administrationsknoten. Geben Sie eine gültige IP-" -"Adresse oder einen gültigen Hostnamen ein." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" +msgstr "Kein gültiger Ort für Administrationsknoten. Geben Sie eine gültige IP-Adresse oder einen gültigen Hostnamen ein." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2017-09-14 14:07:24 UTC (rev 97424) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2017-09-14 14:08:26 UTC (rev 97425) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Konfiguration der Tastatur" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration der Tastatur" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Neue Werte für Konfiguration der Tastatur festlegen" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Alle verfügbaren Tastaturbelegungen auflisten" -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Neue Tastaturbelegung" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Aktuelle Tastaturbelegung: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Tastaturbelegung '%1' ist ungültig. Mit dem Kommando 'list' erhalten Sie " -"mögliche Werte." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Tastaturbelegung '%1' ist ungültig. Mit dem Kommando 'list' erhalten Sie mögliche Werte." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Tastaturbelegung" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -79,89 +76,81 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Hier können Sie verschiedene Feineinstellungen für das Tastaturmodul " -"vornehmen.\n" -" Die Einstellungen werden in die Datei <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt> " -"geschrieben.\n" -" Wenn Sie sich nicht ganz sicher sind, übernehmen Sie die voreingestellten " -"Werte.\n" +"Hier können Sie verschiedene Feineinstellungen für das Tastaturmodul vornehmen.\n" +" Die Einstellungen werden in die Datei <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt> geschrieben.\n" +" Wenn Sie sich nicht ganz sicher sind, übernehmen Sie die voreingestellten Werte.\n" " </p>" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Die hier vorgenommenen Einstellungen gelten nur für die Konsolentastatur. " -"Die Tastatur für die grafische Benutzeroberfläche wird mit einem anderen " -"Tool konfiguriert.</p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Die hier vorgenommenen Einstellungen gelten nur für die Konsolentastatur. Die Tastatur für die grafische Benutzeroberfläche wird mit einem anderen Tool konfiguriert.</p>\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Tastatureinstellungen für Experten" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "Wiederholungs&rate" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Ver&zögerung vor Beginn der Wiederholung" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Zustände bei Start" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&NUM-Feststelltaste ein" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS-Einstellungen" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Unverändert>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "Umschalt-Feststelltaste deakt&ivieren" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Test" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen für Experten..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" @@ -169,61 +158,54 @@ "\n" "<p><big><b>Konfiguration der Tastatur</b></big></p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Wählen Sie die </b>Tastaturbelegung</b> aus, die für die\n" "Installation und das installierte System verwendet werden soll. \n" " Testen Sie die Belegung unter <b>Test</b>.\n" -" Für erweiterte Optionen, beispielsweise Wiederholrate und Verzögerung, " -"wählen Sie <b>Einstellungen für Experten</b> aus.\n" +" Für erweiterte Optionen, beispielsweise Wiederholrate und Verzögerung, wählen Sie <b>Einstellungen für Experten</b> aus.\n" " </p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Wenn Sie sich nicht ganz sicher sind, übernehmen Sie die voreingestellten " -"Werte.\n" +"Wenn Sie sich nicht ganz sicher sind, übernehmen Sie die voreingestellten Werte.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Wählen Sie die </b>Tastaturbelegung</b> aus, die das System verwenden soll.\n" -"Für erweiterte Optionen wie Wiederholrate und Verzögerung wählen Sie " -"<b>Einstellungen für Experten</b> aus.</p>\n" -"<p>Weitere Optionen sowie weitere Tastaturbelegungen finden Sie im " -"Tastaturbelegungswerkzeug Ihrer Desktopumgebung.</p>\n" +"Für erweiterte Optionen wie Wiederholrate und Verzögerung wählen Sie <b>Einstellungen für Experten</b> aus.</p>\n" +"<p>Weitere Optionen sowie weitere Tastaturbelegungen finden Sie im Tastaturbelegungswerkzeug Ihrer Desktopumgebung.</p>\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Systemtastatur" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -235,12 +217,12 @@ "Installation und auf dem installierten System verwendet werden soll.\n" "</p>\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -250,189 +232,184 @@ "als die im zu aktualisierenden System verwendete.\n" " Wählen Sie die während des Updates zu verwendende Tastaturbelegung aus:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Fehler beim Festlegen der X11-Tastastur auf '%s'" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Tastaturbelegung<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Sprache<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Länderspezifische Einstellungen" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Sprache" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Sprache" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration der Sprache" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Neue Werte für Sprache festlegen" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Alle verfügbaren Sprachen auflisten" -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Neuer Wert für Sprache" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Liste der sekundären Sprachen (durch Kommas getrennt)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Keine sprachspezifischen Pakete installieren" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Sprachkonfiguration wird gespeichert" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Sprach- und Konsoleneinstellungen speichern" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Betroffene Pakete installieren und deinstallieren" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Übersetzungen im Bootloader-Menü aktualisieren" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Sprach- und Konsoleneinstellungen werden gespeichert..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Betroffene Pakete werden installiert bzw. deinstalliert..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Übersetzungen im Bootloader-Menü werden aktualisiert..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Konfiguration wird gespeichert</b><br>Bitte warten...</p>" -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Aktuelle Sprache: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Zusätzliche Sprachen: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 ist keine gültige Sprache. Mit dem Kommando 'list' erhalten Sie mögliche " -"Werte." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 ist keine gültige Sprache. Mit dem Kommando 'list' erhalten Sie mögliche Werte." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Sprache" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Sprachen" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Willkommen bei der Systemreparatur" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "Se&kundäre Sprachen" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "Primäre &Sprache" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für die primäre Sprache" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Es werden zusätzliche Pakete mit Unterstützung für die gewählten primären " -"und sekundären Sprachen installiert.\n" +"Es werden zusätzliche Pakete mit Unterstützung für die gewählten primären und sekundären Sprachen installiert.\n" "Nicht länger benötigte Pakete werden entfernt.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" @@ -444,8 +421,8 @@ "das installierte System verwendet werden soll.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -455,8 +432,8 @@ "Klicken Sie auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit dem nächsten Dialogfeld fortzufahren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -465,12 +442,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "An Ihrem Computer werden keine Änderungen vorgenommen, bis Sie\n" -"alle von Ihnen vorgenommenen Einstellungen im letzten " -"Installationsdialogfeld bestätigen.\n" +"alle von Ihnen vorgenommenen Einstellungen im letzten Installationsdialogfeld bestätigen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" @@ -482,9 +458,9 @@ "abzubrechen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -494,8 +470,8 @@ "Wählen Sie die neue <b>Sprache</b> für Ihr System aus.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -505,28 +481,21 @@ "Wählen Sie die neue <b>Primäre Sprache</b> für Ihr System aus.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Überprüfen Sie <b>Tastaturbelegung anpassen</b>, um die Tastaturbelegung an " -"die primäre Sprache anzupassen.\n" -"Überprüfen Sie <b>Zeitzone anpassen</b>, um die aktuelle Zeitzone an die " -"primäre Sprache anzupassen. Wenn die Tastaturbelegung oder die Zeitzone " -"bereits an die Standardspracheinstellung angepasst wurde, ist die " -"entsprechende Option deaktiviert.\n" +"Überprüfen Sie <b>Tastaturbelegung anpassen</b>, um die Tastaturbelegung an die primäre Sprache anzupassen.\n" +"Überprüfen Sie <b>Zeitzone anpassen</b>, um die aktuelle Zeitzone an die primäre Sprache anzupassen. Wenn die Tastaturbelegung oder die Zeitzone bereits an die Standardspracheinstellung angepasst wurde, ist die entsprechende Option deaktiviert.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" @@ -535,27 +504,25 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Sekundäre Sprachen</b><br>\n" -"Geben Sie in der Auswahlbox zusätzliche Sprachen an, die Sie in Ihrem System " -"verwenden möchten.\n" +"Geben Sie in der Auswahlbox zusätzliche Sprachen an, die Sie in Ihrem System verwenden möchten.\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Es sind unaufgelöste Paketabhängigkeiten vorhanden." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." msgstr "" -"Es ist nicht genügend Platz für die Installation aller zusätzlicher Pakete " -"vorhanden.\n" +"Es ist nicht genügend Platz für die Installation aller zusätzlicher Pakete vorhanden.\n" "Entfernen Sie einige Sprachen aus der Auswahl." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -564,16 +531,13 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Hier können Sie die Einstellungen für die Sprachbehandlung genauer " -"festlegen.\n" -"Diese Einstellungen werden in die Datei <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> " -"geschrieben.\n" -"Wenn Sie sich unsicher sind, verwenden Sie die bereits ausgewählten " -"Standardwerte.\n" +"Hier können Sie die Einstellungen für die Sprachbehandlung genauer festlegen.\n" +"Diese Einstellungen werden in die Datei <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> geschrieben.\n" +"Wenn Sie sich unsicher sind, verwenden Sie die bereits ausgewählten Standardwerte.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" @@ -581,78 +545,67 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Durch <b>Locale-Einstellungen für den Benutzer root</b>\n" -"wird bestimmt, wie die Locale-Variablen (LC_*) für den Benutzer 'root' " -"festgelegt werden.</p>" +"wird bestimmt, wie die Locale-Variablen (LC_*) für den Benutzer 'root' festgelegt werden.</p>" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nur ctype</b>: 'root' weist denselben LC_CTYPE wie ein normaler " -"Benutzer auf. Andere Werte\n" +"<p><b>Nur ctype</b>: 'root' weist denselben LC_CTYPE wie ein normaler Benutzer auf. Andere Werte\n" "werden deaktiviert.<br>\n" -"<b>Ja</b>: 'root' weist dieselben Locale-Einstellungen wie ein normaler " -"Benutzer auf.<br>\n" +"<b>Ja</b>: 'root' weist dieselben Locale-Einstellungen wie ein normaler Benutzer auf.<br>\n" "<b>Nein</b>: Für 'root' werden alle Locale-Variablen deaktiviert.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Verwenden Sie <b>Detaillierte Locale-Einstellung</b>, um eine Locale für " -"die primäre Sprache festzulegen, die in der Liste im Hauptdialogfeld nicht " -"enthalten ist. Für die ausgewählte Locale ist möglicherweise keine " -"Übersetzung verfügbar.</p>" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Verwenden Sie <b>Detaillierte Locale-Einstellung</b>, um eine Locale für die primäre Sprache festzulegen, die in der Liste im Hauptdialogfeld nicht enthalten ist. Für die ausgewählte Locale ist möglicherweise keine Übersetzung verfügbar.</p>" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Detaileinstellungen für die Sprache" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Locale-Einstellungen für den Benutzer &root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Nur ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "&UTF-8 als Kodierung verwenden" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "&Detaillierte Locale-Einstellung" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung an %1 anpassen" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "&Zeitzone an %1 anpassen" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to be used during\n" @@ -664,14 +617,14 @@ "Installation und auf dem installierten System verwendet werden soll.\n" "</p>\n" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Spracherweiterung für das Installationssystem wird heruntergeladen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -683,21 +636,21 @@ "\n" "Fallback-Sprache %{fallback} wird verwendet." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Primäre Sprache: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installieren der Pakete..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -705,8 +658,8 @@ "Die Übersetzung der primären Sprache ist nicht vollständig.\n" "Einige Texte könnten in Englisch angezeigt werden.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -717,77 +670,76 @@ "für diese Sprache zu erhalten.\n" "\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" "Die ausgewählte Sprache kann nicht im Textmodus verwendet werden. Für die\n" -"Installation wird Englisch verwendet, für das neue System wird jedoch die " -"ausgewählte Sprache verwendet." +"Installation wird Englisch verwendet, für das neue System wird jedoch die ausgewählte Sprache verwendet." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Neue Werte für Zeitzonenkonfiguration festlegen" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Alle verfügbaren Zeitzonen auflisten" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Neue Zeitzone" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "Neuer Wert für Systemzeit: 'local', 'utc' oder 'UTC'." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Aktuelle Zeitzone:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Rechneruhr eingestellt auf:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC (GMT)" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Lokale Zeit" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Aktuelle/s Zeit und Datum:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -795,48 +747,42 @@ "Die Zeit %1 liegt in der Vergangenheit.\n" "Legen Sie eine korrekte Zeit fest, bevor Sie mit der Installation beginnen." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zeitzone" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Zeitzone" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " -"Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Geben Sie unter <b>Rechneruhr eingestellt auf</b> an, ob auf dem Computer " -"die lokale Uhrzeit oder UTC eingestellt ist.\n" -"Auf den meisten PCs, auf denen auch andere Betriebssysteme (wie " -"beispielsweise Microsoft\n" +"Geben Sie unter <b>Rechneruhr eingestellt auf</b> an, ob auf dem Computer die lokale Uhrzeit oder UTC eingestellt ist.\n" +"Auf den meisten PCs, auf denen auch andere Betriebssysteme (wie beispielsweise Microsoft\n" "Windows) installiert sind, wird die lokale Zeit verwendet.\n" "Computer, auf denen nur Linux installiert ist, sind in der Regel auf\n" "Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) gesetzt.\n" -"Wenn die Rechneruhr auf UTC eingestellt ist, kann das System automatisch von " -"der Standardzeit zur\n" +"Wenn die Rechneruhr auf UTC eingestellt ist, kann das System automatisch von der Standardzeit zur\n" " Sommer- und Winterzeit umschalten.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -847,25 +793,20 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Hinweis: Die interne Systemuhr, die vom Linux-Kernel benutzt wird,\n" -"muss immer auf UTC gestellt sein, weil das die Referenz für eine korrekte " -"lokale Zeit\n" +"muss immer auf UTC gestellt sein, weil das die Referenz für eine korrekte lokale Zeit\n" "im User-Space ist. Wenn Sie die lokale Zeit für die CMOS-Uhr wählen,\n" -"schauen Sie in der Benutzeranleitung nach Hintergrundinformationen, welche " -"Nebeneffekte dies hervorrufen kann.\n" +"schauen Sie in der Benutzeranleitung nach Hintergrundinformationen, welche Nebeneffekte dies hervorrufen kann.\n" "</p>" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -873,78 +814,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sie haben lokale Zeit gewählt, aber es scheint nur Linux auf Ihrem System " -"installiert zu sein.\n" -"In diesem Fall empfehlen wir dringend, UTC zu benutzen und auf Abbrechen zu " -"klicken.\n" +"Sie haben lokale Zeit gewählt, aber es scheint nur Linux auf Ihrem System installiert zu sein.\n" +"In diesem Fall empfehlen wir dringend, UTC zu benutzen und auf Abbrechen zu klicken.\n" "\n" -"Falls Sie lokale Zeit beibehalten wollen, müssen Sie zwei Mal im Jahr wegen " -"der Sommerzeitumstellungen\n" -"die CMOS-Uhr stellen. Wenn Sie es verpassen, die Uhr zu stellen, können " -"Datensicherungen fehlschlagen,\n" +"Falls Sie lokale Zeit beibehalten wollen, müssen Sie zwei Mal im Jahr wegen der Sommerzeitumstellungen\n" +"die CMOS-Uhr stellen. Wenn Sie es verpassen, die Uhr zu stellen, können Datensicherungen fehlschlagen,\n" "Ihr E-Mailsystem könnte E-Mails verlieren, usw.\n" "\n" "Wenn Sie UTC verwenden, stellt Linux die Zeit automatisch um.\n" "\n" "Möchten Sie mit Ihrer gewählten Einstellung (lokale Zeit) fortfahren?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Die aktuelle Systemzeit und das aktuelle Systemdatum werden angezeigt. " -"Ändern Sie sie bei Bedarf manuell auf die korrekten Werte, oder verwenden " -"Sie das Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Die aktuelle Systemzeit und das aktuelle Systemdatum werden angezeigt. Ändern Sie sie bei Bedarf manuell auf die korrekten Werte, oder verwenden Sie das Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Akzeptieren</b>, um die Änderungen zu speichern.</p>" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Aktuelles Datum im Format TT-MM-JJJJ" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Aktuelle Zeit im Format SS:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Aktuelles Datum" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Aktuelle Zeit" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Zeit jetzt ändern" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Mit NTP Server synchronisieren" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Datum und Zeit ändern" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -952,8 +884,8 @@ "Ungültige Zeit (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Geben Sie die richtige Zeit ein.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -961,49 +893,49 @@ "Ungültiges Datum (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Geben Sie das richtige Datum ein.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Andere &Einstellungen..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit (NTP ist konfiguriert)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Rechneruhr auf UTC gestellt" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Region" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "Z&eitzone" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -1011,357 +943,353 @@ "\n" "<p><b><big>Zeitzonen- und Uhreinstellungen</big></b></p>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Wenn Sie die für Ihr System zu verwendende Zeitzone auswählen möchten, " -"müssen Sie zunächst die <b>Region</b> auswählen.\n" -"Wählen Sie dann unter <b>Zeitzone</b> die entsprechende Zeitzone, das " -"entsprechende Land bzw. die entsprechende\n" +"Wenn Sie die für Ihr System zu verwendende Zeitzone auswählen möchten, müssen Sie zunächst die <b>Region</b> auswählen.\n" +"Wählen Sie dann unter <b>Zeitzone</b> die entsprechende Zeitzone, das entsprechende Land bzw. die entsprechende\n" "Region aus den verfügbaren Optionen aus.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Falls die aktuelle Uhrzeit nicht richtig ist, passen Sie sie mit <b>Ändern</" -"b> an.\n" +"Falls die aktuelle Uhrzeit nicht richtig ist, passen Sie sie mit <b>Ändern</b> an.\n" "</p>" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Uhr und Zeitzone" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Wählen Sie eine gültige Zeitzone" -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Lokale Zeit" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Rechneruhr eingestellt auf" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP konfiguriert" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Aktuelle Zeitzone: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Englisch (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Englisch (GB)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Deutsch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Deutsch (mit \"toten\" Tasten)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Deutsch (Schweiz)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Französisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Französisch (Schweiz)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Französisch (Kanada)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Kanadisch (mehrsprachig)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spanisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Spanisch (Lateinamerika)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Spanisch (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italienisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugiesisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugiesisch (Brasilien)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugiesisch (Brasilien, mit US-Sonderzeichen)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griechisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holländisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Dänisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norwegisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Schwedisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finnisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tschechisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tschechisch (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slowakisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slowakisch (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slowenisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Ungarisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polnisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbokroatisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estnisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litauisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Türkisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japanisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Isländisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreanisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadschikisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditionelles Chinesisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Vereinfachtes Chinesisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumänisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "US International" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Spanisch (Asturianisch)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2017-09-14 14:07:24 UTC (rev 97424) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2017-09-14 14:08:26 UTC (rev 97425) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -37,60 +37,60 @@ "\n" "Wenn Sie trotz dieser Warnung fortfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf 'Ja'.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Festplatte vorbereiten: Expertenmodus" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisierung..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>" msgstr "<p>Volumes werden gesucht.</p>" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Speichergeräte-Konfiguration" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Anzeige der Festplatten und Partitionen" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Anzeige der Festplatten" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Anzeige der Partition" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Vorschlag für Partitionierung" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Experten-Partitionierer..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "Partitions-Setup &erstellen..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -99,15 +99,15 @@ "Geben Sie die Einhängepunkte von Hand im\n" "Dialog des \"Partitionierers\" an." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für Vorschlag bearbeiten" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ "Die Festplatten wurden überprüft. Für Ihre Festplatte wird das angezeigte\n" "Partitions-Setup vorgeschlagen.</p>" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ "wählen Sie <b>%1</b> und ändern sie die Einstellungen im\n" "Expertenmodus.</p>\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -152,31 +152,27 @@ "Dies ist auch die richtige Wahl, falls Sie erweiterte Optionen\n" "wie RAID oder Verschlüsselung nutzen möchten.</p>\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Der angeforderte Vorschlag kann nicht erstellt werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"Nicht genug Speicherplatz verfügbar, um Snapshots für das root-Volume " -"vorzuschlagen." +msgstr "Nicht genug Speicherplatz verfügbar, um Snapshots für das root-Volume vorzuschlagen." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"Da nicht ausreichend Speicherplatz zur Verfügung steht, wird von einem " -"separaten /home-Verzeichnis abgeraten." +msgstr "Da nicht ausreichend Speicherplatz zur Verfügung steht, wird von einem separaten /home-Verzeichnis abgeraten." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen. Fortfahren nicht möglich." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -184,22 +180,22 @@ "Das Verarbeiten dieses Vorschlags überschreibt bisherige manuelle \n" "Änderungen. Die Verarbeitung des Vorschlags fortsetzen?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Platten werden vorbereitet..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -209,9 +205,9 @@ "belegt\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -221,9 +217,9 @@ "frei\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -231,25 +227,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows frei (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -259,9 +255,9 @@ "Wählen Sie die neue Größe für Ihre Windows-Partition.\n" "</p>" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -272,16 +268,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Das tatsächliche Anpassen der Größe der Partition wird erst dann " -"vorgenommen,\n" -"wenn Sie all Ihre Einstellungen im letzten Dialog der Installation " -"bestätigt\n" +"Das tatsächliche Anpassen der Größe der Partition wird erst dann vorgenommen,\n" +"wenn Sie all Ihre Einstellungen im letzten Dialog der Installation bestätigt\n" "haben. Bis dahin wird Ihre Windows-Partition nicht angerührt werden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -295,23 +289,23 @@ "<b>Zurück</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Aktuell" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Nach der Installation" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -327,9 +321,9 @@ "Änderung der Partitionsgröße) an.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -343,9 +337,9 @@ "in das Eingabefeld ein, um die empfohlenen Werte anzupassen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -359,29 +353,29 @@ "automatisch nach Bedarf angelegt.\n" "</p>" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows belegt" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "frei" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" @@ -390,15 +384,14 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Geben Sie einen Wert für den Speicherplatz Ihrer <b>Linux</b>-" -"Installation ein.\n" +"<p>Geben Sie einen Wert für den Speicherplatz Ihrer <b>Linux</b>-Installation ein.\n" "Innerhalb dieses Speicherplatzes werden benötigte Partitionen\n" "für &product; automatisch angelegt.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -407,13 +400,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"<b>Windows belegt</b> ist die Größe des Speicherplatzes, den Ihre Windows-" -"Partition verwendet.\n" +"<b>Windows belegt</b> ist die Größe des Speicherplatzes, den Ihre Windows-Partition verwendet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -425,13 +417,13 @@ "Installation) auf der Partition an.\n" "</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Größe der Windows-Partition wird geändert" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -450,17 +442,16 @@ "Auf der Windows-Partition stand nicht genügend Speicherplatz für die\n" "Minimalinstallation von Linux zur Verfügung.\n" " \n" -"Wenn Sie Linux dennoch installieren möchten, booten Sie Windows und " -"deinstallieren Sie einige\n" +"Wenn Sie Linux dennoch installieren möchten, booten Sie Windows und deinstallieren Sie einige\n" "Anwendungen oder löschen Sie Daten um Speicherplatz freizugeben.\n" " \n" "Auf dem Windows-Gerät ist mindestens %1 MB freier Speicher, einschließlich\n" "des Windows-Bereichs und des Bereichs für\n" " %2, erforderlich.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -476,8 +467,8 @@ "und der Größe des belegten Speicherplatzes einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -496,18 +487,17 @@ "Booten Sie Windows und beheben Sie die Fehler durch Ausführen von\n" "scandisk und defrag.\n" "\n" -"Falls das Problem beim nächsten Versuch erneut auftritt, ändern Sie die " -"Größe der\n" +"Falls das Problem beim nächsten Versuch erneut auftritt, ändern Sie die Größe der\n" "Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "Es ist nicht genügend Speicherplatz für eine Installation vorhanden." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -527,17 +517,15 @@ "\t Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Das System kann nur mit der benutzerdefinierten Partitionierungsoption " -"konfiguriert werden." +msgstr "Das System kann nur mit der benutzerdefinierten Partitionierungsoption konfiguriert werden." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -554,14 +542,13 @@ "nicht mit dem Werkzeug zur Größenänderung kompatibel.\n" "Eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition ist nicht möglich.\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab " -"und\n" +"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab und\n" "verkleinern Sie die Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -574,14 +561,13 @@ "\n" "Daher ist eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition nicht möglich.\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab " -"und\n" +"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab und\n" "verkleinern Sie die Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -609,14 +595,14 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie die Windows-Partition wirklich verkleinern?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Window&s verkleinern" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -630,13 +616,13 @@ "\n" "Soll die Windows-Partition wirklich gelöscht werden?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "Windows &löschen" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -648,41 +634,38 @@ "Wählen Sie zur Installation von Linux mehr zu\n" " entfernende Partitionen oder eine größere Platte aus." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "Verfügbare &Platten" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "&Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung (für Experten)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Keine Festplatten gefunden. Falls verfügbar, verwenden Sie für die " -"Installation die Aktualisierungs-CD." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Keine Festplatten gefunden. Falls verfügbar, verwenden Sie für die Installation die Aktualisierungs-CD." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -690,13 +673,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten auf Ihrem System werden hier " -"angezeigt.\n" +"Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten auf Ihrem System werden hier angezeigt.\n" "Wählen Sie die Festplatte, auf der &product; installiert werden soll.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -707,8 +689,8 @@ "werden soll. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -719,34 +701,32 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Mit der Option <b>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</b> für Experten kann " -"die\n" +"Mit der Option <b>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</b> für Experten kann die\n" "Partitionierung der Festplatten und das Zuweisen von\n" -"Partitionen zu Einhängepunkten bei der Installation von &product; " -"vollständig gesteuert werden.\n" +"Partitionen zu Einhängepunkten bei der Installation von &product; vollständig gesteuert werden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Vorbereiten der Festplatte" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Treffen Sie eine Auswahl, um fortzufahren." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "Platte %1 wird von %2 verwendet" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -758,65 +738,64 @@ "Hierdurch geht Ihr Support eventuell verloren!\n" "\n" "Ermitteln Sie anhand des Handbuchs, ob die\n" -"benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung den Anforderungen dieses Produkts " -"entspricht." +"benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung den Anforderungen dieses Produkts entspricht." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Multipath aktivieren?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf@suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -824,44 +803,43 @@ "Keine Snapshots möglich.\n" "Vergrößern Sie die Root-Partition." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" -"Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der " -"Installation,\n" +"Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der Installation,\n" "ob die Eigentümer der Stammverzeichnisse richtig gesetzt sind." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Standard" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionierung" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Partitionierung" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Konfiguration des Dateisystems wird gespeichert..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -869,30 +847,30 @@ "Die aktuelle Auswahl ist ungültig:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, nicht zugewiesen" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" msgstr "Für Installation von %1 zu verwendende Datenträgerbereiche\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "G&esamte Festplatte verwenden" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -900,8 +878,8 @@ "Keine bestehende Aufteilung gefunden.\n" "Die Festplatte wird vollständig für %1 verwendet." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -910,18 +888,18 @@ "Es gibt nicht genügend Platz, um SuSE Linux zu\n" "installieren." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Win&dows komplett löschen" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Window&s-Partition verkleinern" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -932,8 +910,8 @@ "soll. \n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" @@ -945,8 +923,8 @@ "der angezeigten Partitionen oder freien Bereiche.\n" " </p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n" @@ -955,14 +933,12 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Achtung: Wenn Sie eine Partition auswählen, die nicht als <i>frei</i> " -"gekennzeichnet\n" -"ist, können Sie Daten verlieren. Das kann auch andere Betriebssysteme " -"betreffen.\n" +"Achtung: Wenn Sie eine Partition auswählen, die nicht als <i>frei</i> gekennzeichnet\n" +"ist, können Sie Daten verlieren. Das kann auch andere Betriebssysteme betreffen.\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -970,22 +946,21 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><i>Die markierten Bereiche werden gelöscht. Alle darin befindlichen " -"Daten\n" +"<b><i>Die markierten Bereiche werden gelöscht. Alle darin befindlichen Daten\n" "gehen somit verloren. </i></b> Einmal gelöscht, gibt es keine Möglichkeit,\n" "die Daten wiederherzustellen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Installieren auf:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -1000,8 +975,8 @@ "verkleinern</b>, um genügend freien Platz zu bekommen.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" @@ -1018,28 +993,28 @@ "organisiert werden müssen. In seltenen Fällen kann dies fehlschlagen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Separate &Home-Partition vorschlagen" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-basierten Vorschlag erstellen" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe verschlüsseln" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Vorschlagstyp" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1053,8 +1028,8 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie dieses Setup wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1063,15 +1038,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition unter einem der folgenden\n" -"Einhängepunkte einzuhängen: /, /usr, /home, /opt oder /var. Dies wird sehr " -"wahrscheinlich\n" -"Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diese Einhängepunkte ein Linux-" -"Dateisystem, wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" +"Einhängepunkte einzuhängen: /, /usr, /home, /opt oder /var. Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich\n" +"Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diese Einhängepunkte ein Linux-Dateisystem, wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1080,14 +1053,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition am Einhängepunkt /boot einzuhängen.\n" -"Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diesen " -"Einhängepunkt ein\n" +"Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diesen Einhängepunkt ein\n" "Linux-Dateisystem wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1101,9 +1073,9 @@ "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1119,8 +1091,8 @@ "\n" "Diese Einrichtung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1140,8 +1112,8 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1155,8 +1127,8 @@ "\n" "Diese Größe der Boot-Partition wirklich beibehalten?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1166,15 +1138,14 @@ msgstr "" "Warnung: Keine Partition mit dem Typ 'bios_grub' vorhanden.\n" "Diese Partition wird empfohlen, wenn Grub2 im MBR einer GPT-Festplatte\n" -"installiert ist. (Bei Btrfs ist diese Partition erforderlich.) Die Partition " -"muss unformatiert und\n" +"installiert ist. (Bei Btrfs ist diese Partition erforderlich.) Die Partition muss unformatiert und\n" "etwa 1 MB Speicherplatz groß sein.\n" "Diese Konfiguration wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1192,8 +1163,8 @@ "\n" "Diese Einrichtung ohne /boot-Partition wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1213,7 +1184,7 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1226,8 +1197,8 @@ "Diese Einrichtung wirklich verwenden?\n" "\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1239,13 +1210,12 @@ "Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration lässt sich Ihre\n" "Installation von %1 vermutlich nicht direkt booten, da\n" "sich die Dateien unter \"/boot\" auf einem Software-RAID-Gerät befinden.\n" -"Bei einer solchen Konfiguration schlägt die Bootloader-Konfiguration " -"gelegentlich fehl.\n" +"Bei einer solchen Konfiguration schlägt die Bootloader-Konfiguration gelegentlich fehl.\n" "\n" "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1269,8 +1239,8 @@ "\n" "Soll diese Konfiguration wirklich verwendet werden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1283,52 +1253,45 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird Ihre %2-Installation " -"voraussichtlich auf Probleme \n" -"beim Systemstart treffen, da Ihre RAID-Platte keine separate %1-Partition " -"hat.\n" +"Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird Ihre %2-Installation voraussichtlich auf Probleme \n" +"beim Systemstart treffen, da Ihre RAID-Platte keine separate %1-Partition hat.\n" "\n" "Dies führt mit der üblichen Boot-Konfiguration zu erheblichen Problemen.\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie sich Ihrer Sache nicht absolut sicher sind, sollten Sie für die " -"Dateien\n" +"Wenn Sie sich Ihrer Sache nicht absolut sicher sind, sollten Sie für die Dateien\n" "in %1 eine normale Partition verwenden.\n" "\n" "Soll diese Konfiguration wirklich verwendet werden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sie haben keine Auslagerungspartition aktiviert. In der Regel ist es aber " -"sehr\n" +"Sie haben keine Auslagerungspartition aktiviert. In der Regel ist es aber sehr\n" "empfehlenswert, eine Auslagerungspartition anzulegen und zu aktivieren.\n" "Auslagerungspartitionen werden im Hauptfenster mit dem Typ \"Linux Swap\"\n" -"angezeigt. Eine aktivierte Auslagerungspartition hat \"swap\" als " -"Einhängepunkt.\n" +"angezeigt. Eine aktivierte Auslagerungspartition hat \"swap\" als Einhängepunkt.\n" "Wenn gewünscht, können Sie auch mehr als eine Auslagerungspartition\n" "aktivieren.\n" "\n" -"Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition " -"verwenden?\n" +"Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1340,8 +1303,8 @@ "sie zu formatieren. YaST kann den Erfolg dieser Installation nicht\n" "garantieren, vor allem in den folgenden Fällen:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1353,20 +1316,19 @@ " werden würde.\n" "- die Partition noch kein Dateisystem enthält.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Im Zweifel sollten Sie zurückgehen und die Partition zur Formatierung\n" "auswählen, vor allem wenn es sich um einen Standard-Einhängepunkt wie\n" "/, /boot, /opt oder /var handelt.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1376,8 +1338,8 @@ "\n" "Soll die Partition wirklich unformatiert bleiben?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1385,8 +1347,8 @@ "Das ausgewählte Gerät gehört RAID (%1) an.\n" "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus dem RAID.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1394,8 +1356,8 @@ "Das ausgewählte Gerät gehört einer Volume-Gruppe (%1) an.\n" "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus der Volume-Gruppe.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1403,8 +1365,8 @@ "Das ausgewählte Gerät wird von Volume (%1) verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie das Volume vor dem Bearbeiten.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1412,8 +1374,8 @@ "Das Gerät (%2) gehört RAID (%1) an.\n" "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Löschen aus dem RAID.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1421,12 +1383,12 @@ "Das Gerät (%2) wird von %1 verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie %1 vor dem Löschen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Sie kann nicht gelöscht werden während sie eingehängt ist." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1435,25 +1397,22 @@ "Es handelt sich um eine logische Partition, und eine andere logische \n" "Partition mit einer höheren Nummer wird zurzeit verwendet.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält Partitionen, die derzeit " -"eingehängt sind:\n" +"Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält Partitionen, die derzeit eingehängt sind:\n" "%1\n" "Es wird *dringend* empfohlen, vor dem Löschen der erweiterten Partition\n" "diese Partitionen auszuhängen.\n" "Wenn Sie nicht gute Gründe für Ihr Vorgehen haben, wählen Sie 'Abbrechen'.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1467,8 +1426,8 @@ "Partitionen von der(n) jeweiligen Volume-Gruppe(n), bevor Sie die\n" "erweiterte Partition löschen.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1482,8 +1441,8 @@ "der Partitionen zu den entsprechenden RAID-Systemen auf,\n" "bevor Sie die erweiterte Partition löschen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1495,8 +1454,8 @@ "die gerade verwendet wird. Entfernen Sie das verwendete Volume\n" "vor dem Löschen der erweiterten Partition.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1514,31 +1473,31 @@ "\n" "Aktuelle Konfiguration wirklich beibehalten?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für das verschlüsselte Dateisystem ein." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, was Sie hier eingeben!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Leeres Passwort erlaubt." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Passwort für verschlüsseltes Dateisystem auf %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1546,38 +1505,38 @@ "Geben Sie Ihr Verschlüsselungspasswort für\n" "Gerät %1 ein, das unter %2 eingehängt ist.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für das verschlüsselte Dateisystem ein" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "G&eben Sie ein Passwort für Ihr Dateisystem ein:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "&Bestätigen Sie das Passwort:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "Ü&berspringen" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1587,10 +1546,10 @@ "das Passwort sind nicht identisch!\n" "Versuchen Sie es erneut.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1598,10 +1557,10 @@ "Sie haben kein Passwort eingegeben.\n" "Bitte erneut versuchen.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1609,34 +1568,32 @@ "Das Passwort muss mindestens %1 Zeichen enthalten.\n" "Bitte erneut versuchen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Keine Gleitkommazahl." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Optionen für das Dateisystem:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" "Das Zeichen '/' ist in Volume-Bezeichnungen nicht mehr zulässig.\n" -"Ändern Sie Ihre Volume-Bezeichnung so, dass dieses Zeichen nicht mehr " -"vorkommt.\n" +"Ändern Sie Ihre Volume-Bezeichnung so, dass dieses Zeichen nicht mehr vorkommt.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Einhängen in /etc/fstab:</b>\n" @@ -1647,61 +1604,58 @@ "UUID oder ein Volume-Label eingehängt werden. Dies ist nicht möglich, \n" "wenn eine Option deaktiviert ist.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Volume-Bezeichnung:</b>\n" -"Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volume-Bezeichnung verwendet. " -"Dies ist normalerweise\n" -" nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen nach Volume-" -"Bezeichnung aktivieren.\n" +"Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volume-Bezeichnung verwendet. Dies ist normalerweise\n" +" nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen nach Volume-Bezeichnung aktivieren.\n" "Volume-Bezeichnungen dürfen keine Leerzeichen oder das Zeichen / enthalten.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Einhängen in /etc/fstab durch" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Gerätename" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Label des Volumes" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Geräte-&ID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Geräte&pfad" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-Optionen" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1711,73 +1665,70 @@ "Die maximale Länge der Volume-Kennung beim gewählten Dateisystem\n" "beträgt %1. Die Kennung wurde entsprechend gekürzt.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." -msgstr "" -"Sie müssen ein Volume-Label angeben, wenn Sie durch ein Label einhängen " -"wollen." +msgstr "Sie müssen ein Volume-Label angeben, wenn Sie durch ein Label einhängen wollen." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "" -"Das Volume-Label ist schon in Gebrauch. Bitte geben Sie ein anderes an." +msgstr "Das Volume-Label ist schon in Gebrauch. Bitte geben Sie ein anderes an." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Datei&system" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "O&ptionen..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots aktivieren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "Gerät &verschlüsseln" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Dateisystem-&ID:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Format" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do ¬ format" msgstr "&Nicht formatieren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatieren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fs&tab-Optionen" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Einhängepunkt" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1803,8 +1754,8 @@ "\n" "Fortfahren?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1814,77 +1765,67 @@ "Das Dateisystem auf der Partition kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert werden.\n" "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf dem Logical-Volumen kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert " -"werden.\n" +"Das Dateisystem auf dem Logical-Volumen kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert werden.\n" "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie diese Partition verkleinern." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "" -"Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie dieses logische Volume verkleinern." +msgstr "Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie dieses logische Volume verkleinern." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Fortfahren?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf der ausgewählten Partition kann nicht von YaST2 " -"vergrößert werden.\n" -"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines " -"Dateisystems." +"Das Dateisystem auf der ausgewählten Partition kann nicht von YaST2 vergrößert werden.\n" +"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines Dateisystems." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2 " -"vergrößert werden.\n" -"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines " -"Dateisystems." +"Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2 vergrößert werden.\n" +"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines Dateisystems." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Mit Größenänderung fortfahren?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben eine Partition mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem " -"verkleinert." +msgstr "Sie haben eine Partition mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem verkleinert." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben ein logisches Volume mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-" -"Dateisystem verkleinert." +msgstr "Sie haben ein logisches Volume mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem verkleinert." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1894,18 +1835,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Es ist möglich, Ein Reiser-Dateisysteme zu verkleinern, aber diese Funktion\n" -"ist noch nicht ausreichend getestet. Wir empfehlen eine vorherige " -"Datensicherung.\n" +"ist noch nicht ausreichend getestet. Wir empfehlen eine vorherige Datensicherung.\n" "\n" "Wollen Sie das Dateisystem jetzt verkleinern?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Das gewählte Gerät enthält Partitionen, die derzeit eingehängt sind:\n" @@ -1914,8 +1853,8 @@ "diese Partitionen auszuhängen.\n" "Wenn Sie sich unsicher sind, wählen Sie besser 'Abbrechen'.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1929,8 +1868,8 @@ "Partitionen von ihren jeweiligen Volume-Gruppen,\n" "bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1944,8 +1883,8 @@ "Partitionen von ihren jeweiligen RAID-Systemen auf, bevor\n" "Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1954,57 +1893,52 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Das ausgewählte Gerät weist mindestens eine Partition\n" -"auf, die von einem anderen Volume verwendet wird. Löschen Sie das Volume, " -"das die Partition verwendet,\n" +"auf, die von einem anderen Volume verwendet wird. Löschen Sie das Volume, das die Partition verwendet,\n" "bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Erstellt Subvolumes in einem Btrfs-Dateisystem und entfernt diese daraus." -"</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Erstellt Subvolumes in einem Btrfs-Dateisystem und entfernt diese daraus.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aktiviert automatische Snapshots für ein Btrfs-Dateisystem mit Snapper.</" -"p>" +msgstr "<p>Aktiviert automatische Snapshots für ein Btrfs-Dateisystem mit Snapper.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Vorhandene Subvolumes:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Neues Subvolume" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Neu hinzufügen" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Entfernen" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Behandlung des Subvolume" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Leere Subvolume-Namen sind nicht erlaubt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -2012,16 +1946,16 @@ "Momentan sind nur Subvolumen zulässig deren Name mit \"%1\" beginnt!\n" "\"%1\" wird dem Namen des Subvolumens automatisch vorangestellt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Der Subvolume-Name %1 ist bereits vorhanden." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Die bisher in diesem Dialog vorgenommen Änderungen gehen verloren." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2031,8 +1965,8 @@ "Erstellen Sie ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2042,8 +1976,8 @@ "Greifen Sie auf ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem zu.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2053,41 +1987,35 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Denken Sie daran, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, wenn es nicht\n" -" eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie " -"ein beliebiges anderes\n" +" eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie ein beliebiges anderes\n" "Linux-Dateisystem.\n" " </p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp oder /" -"var/tmp.\n" -"Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird bei " -"jedem Systemstart \n" -"ein Zufallspasswort für Sie erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim " -"Herunterfahren \n" +"Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp oder /var/tmp.\n" +"Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird bei jedem Systemstart \n" +"ein Zufallspasswort für Sie erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim Herunterfahren \n" "sämtliche Daten auf diesen Dateisystemen verlieren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2097,19 +2025,17 @@ "Wenn Sie Ihr Passwort vergessen, werden Sie keinen Zugriff auf die Dateien\n" "Ihres Dateisystems haben. Wählen Sie Ihr Passwort mit Sorgfalt. Eine\n" "Mischung aus Buchstaben und Zahlen ist empfehlenswert. Um sicherzustellen,\n" -"dass das Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, werden Sie aufgefordert, das " -"Passwort\n" +"dass das Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, werden Sie aufgefordert, das Passwort\n" "in einem zweiten Feld zu wiederholen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2120,8 +2046,8 @@ "speziellen Zeichen (z. B. Umlaute oder akzentuierte Buchstaben) beinhalten.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2135,10 +2061,10 @@ "Kleinbuchstaben (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) und Ziffern <tt>0</tt> bis <tt>9</tt>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2148,8 +2074,8 @@ "Vergessen Sie dieses Passwort nicht!\n" "</p>" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2159,24 +2085,22 @@ "Sie müssen das Verschlüsselungs-Passwort eingeben.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Wenn das verschlüsselte Dateisystem keine Systemdatei enthält und daher\n" -"nicht für die Aktualisierung erforderlich ist, können Sie <b>Überspringen</" -"b> auswählen. In diesem Fall erfolgt während der Aktualisierung\n" +"nicht für die Aktualisierung erforderlich ist, können Sie <b>Überspringen</b> auswählen. In diesem Fall erfolgt während der Aktualisierung\n" "kein Zugriff auf die Datei.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2187,18 +2111,16 @@ "If you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \n" "the disk label in the expert partitioner.\n" msgstr "" -"Warnung: Bei der aktuellen Konfiguration treten beim Booten Probleme mit der " -"Installation auf,\n" +"Warnung: Bei der aktuellen Konfiguration treten beim Booten Probleme mit der Installation auf,\n" "da der Datenträger, auf dem sich die \n" " /boot-Partition befindet, keine GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält.\n" " \n" " Eine solche Konfiguration lässt sich höchstwahrscheinlich nicht booten.\n" " \n" -" Wenn Sie diesen Datenträger für die Installation verwenden müssen, sollten " -"Sie die \n" +" Wenn Sie diesen Datenträger für die Installation verwenden müssen, sollten Sie die \n" " Datenträgerkennung im Expertenmodus löschen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2208,23 +2130,22 @@ msgstr "" "Warnung: Laut Angabe des Systems ist eine EFI-\n" "Boot-Konfiguration erforderlich. Da der ausgewählte Datenträger keine \n" -"GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält, erstellt YaST eine GPT-Festplattenkennung " -"auf diesem Datenträger.\n" +"GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält, erstellt YaST eine GPT-Festplattenkennung auf diesem Datenträger.\n" "\n" "Sie müssen alle Partitionen auf diesem Datenträger zum Entfernen markieren.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt \"%1\" kann nicht für LVM verwendet werden.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt %1 kann nicht für RAID verwendet werden." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2233,8 +2154,7 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Sie haben festgelegt, dass ein Dateisystem beim Systemstart nicht " -"automatisch\n" +"Sie haben festgelegt, dass ein Dateisystem beim Systemstart nicht automatisch\n" "eingehängt wird, das möglicherweise Dateien enthält, die das System zum\n" "einwandfreien Funktionieren benötigt.\n" "\n" @@ -2242,8 +2162,8 @@ "\n" "Wollen Sie das wirklich?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2260,50 +2180,46 @@ "\n" "Wollen Sie das wirklich?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Einhängepunkt muss angegeben werden." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Swap-Geräte müssen Swap als Einhängepunkt verwenden." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Nur Swap-Geräte können Swap als Einhängepunkt verwenden." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt wird bereits verwendet. Geben Sie einen anderen an." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT-Dateisystem für System-Einhängepunkt verwendet (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /" -"home).\n" +"FAT-Dateisystem für System-Einhängepunkt verwendet (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Dies ist nicht möglich." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Ungültiges Zeichen in Einhängepunkt. \"`'!\"%#\" dürfen in einem " -"Einhängepunkt nicht verwendet werden." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Ungültiges Zeichen in Einhängepunkt. \"`'!\"%#\" dürfen in einem Einhängepunkt nicht verwendet werden." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2313,13 +2229,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Ihr Einhängepunkt muss mit einem \"/\" beginnen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2327,10 +2243,10 @@ "Der Einhängepunkt-Swap darf keinem Gerät\n" "zugewiesen werden, das kein Swap-Dateisystem enthält." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2340,8 +2256,8 @@ "Die eingegebene Größe beträgt (aufgerundet) %2.\n" "Die Mindestgröße für dieses Dateisystem beträgt %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2349,8 +2265,8 @@ "Einem Gerät ohne bekanntes Dateisystem\n" "kann kein Einhängepunkt zugewiesen werden." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2372,30 +2288,29 @@ "\n" "Wollen Sie dieses Dateisystem wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Das Dateisystem ist gerade unter %1 eingehängt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen (unmount), weitermachen ohne es " -"auszuhängen\n" +"Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen (unmount), weitermachen ohne es auszuhängen\n" "oder abbrechen. Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Aushängen" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2403,79 +2318,75 @@ "Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen, oder abbrechen.\n" "Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt ist." +msgstr "Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt ist." +msgstr "Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es eingehängt " -"ist." +msgstr "Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Geräte erneut absuchen" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Einhängepunkte importieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Verschlüsselungs&passwörter bereitstellen..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&iSCSI konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "&FCoE wird konfiguriert..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Multipath konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&DASD konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&zFCP konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&XPRAM konfigurieren..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Konfigurieren..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Verfügbarer Speicher auf %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" "available.</p>" @@ -2483,8 +2394,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle verfügbaren\n" "Speichergeräte angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2493,18 +2404,17 @@ "<p>Mit einem Doppelklick auf einen Tabelleneintrag wechseln\n" "Sie zu einer Ansicht mit detaillierten Informationen über das Gerät.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Durch Auswahl eines Tabelleneintrags\n" -"öffnen Sie eine Ansicht mit ausführlichen Informationen zum betreffenden " -"Gerät.</p>" +"öffnen Sie eine Ansicht mit ausführlichen Informationen zum betreffenden Gerät.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2512,8 +2422,8 @@ "Ein erneutes Abtasten der Festplatten hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Sollen die Festplatten wirklich erneut abgetastet werden?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2521,30 +2431,28 @@ "Ein Aufruf der iSCSI-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die iSCSI-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Beim Aufrufen der FCoE-Konfiguration werden alle aktuelle Änderungen " -"verworfen.\n" +"Beim Aufrufen der FCoE-Konfiguration werden alle aktuelle Änderungen verworfen.\n" "Soll die FCoE-Konfiguration wirklich aufgerufen werden?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Ein Aufrufen der Multipath-Konfiguration verwirft alle aktuellen " -"Änderungen.\n" +"Ein Aufrufen der Multipath-Konfiguration verwirft alle aktuellen Änderungen.\n" "Möchten Sie die Multipath-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2552,8 +2460,8 @@ "Ein Aufruf der DASD-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die DASD-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2561,8 +2469,8 @@ "Ein Aufruf der zFCP-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die zFCP-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2570,230 +2478,225 @@ "Ein Aufruf der XPRAM-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die XPRAM-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "BTRFS %1 bearbeiten" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Wählen Sie mindestens ein Gerät aus." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geräte ändern, die vom Btrfs-Volume verwendet werden.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Ungenutzte Geräte:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Ausgewählte Geräte:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Größe des BTRFS-Volume %1 ändern" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Kein Btrfs-Gerät ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "BTRFS %1 ist in Gebrauch. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es " -"nicht verwendet wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es nicht verwendet wird." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Einige physische Geräte konnten nicht entfernt werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Löschen" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Btrfs-Volumes" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Bearbeiten..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Löschen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Btrfs-Volumes.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2801,8 +2704,8 @@ "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über das\n" "ausgewählte Btrfs-Volume.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2810,74 +2713,72 @@ "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt alle vom ausgewählten\n" "Btrfs-Volume verwendeten Geräte an.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "BTRFS-Gerät: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "Üb&erblick" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "&Verwendete Geräte" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die Rolle des Geräts aus.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI-Boot-Partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Betriebssystem" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Daten- und ISV-Anwendungen" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Swap" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Roh-Volume (unformatiert)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rolle" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2885,72 +2786,68 @@ "<p>Geben Sie zunächst an, ob die Partition formatiert\n" "werden soll, und wählen Sie den gewünschten Dateisystemtyp aus.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Wenn Sie alle Daten auf dem Gerät verschlüsseln wollen, \n" -"wählen Sie <b>Gerät verschlüsseln</b>. Ändern der Verschlüsselung eines " -"bestehenden\n" +"wählen Sie <b>Gerät verschlüsseln</b>. Ändern der Verschlüsselung eines bestehenden\n" "Gerätes löscht sämtliche darauf enthaltenen Daten.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Geben Sie danach an, ob die Partition eingehängt\n" -"werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var " -"usw.).</p>" +"werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var usw.).</p>" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Formatierungsoptionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Partition formatieren" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Partition nicht formatieren" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Partition nicht einhängen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Einhängeoptionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Partition einhängen" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Einhängepunkt" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab-Optionen..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Crypt-Dateien müssen verschlüsselt sein." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2958,23 +2855,22 @@ "Also check the format option.\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben sich entschieden, die Crypt-Datei anzulegen, haben\n" -"jedoch nicht angegeben, dass diese formatiert werden soll. Dies ergibt " -"keinen Sinn.\n" +"jedoch nicht angegeben, dass diese formatiert werden soll. Dies ergibt keinen Sinn.\n" "\n" "Aktivieren Sie auch die Formatierungsoption.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Für Crypt-Dateien ist ein Einhängepunkt erforderlich." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Für TMPFS ist ein Einhängepunkt erforderlich." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2983,15 +2879,13 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Denken Sie daran, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, solange es " -"nicht\n" -"eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie " -"jedes andere\n" +"Denken Sie daran, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, solange es nicht\n" +"eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie jedes andere\n" "Linux-Dateisystem.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -3006,32 +2900,31 @@ "(Suspend to Disk) verwendet werden.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Alle auf dem Volume vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Skalierung wird vom zugrunde liegenden Gerät nicht unterstützt." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das " -"Dateisystem auf der\n" +"Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das Dateisystem auf der\n" "Partition keine Größenänderungen unterstützt.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -3039,8 +2932,8 @@ "Es ist nicht möglich, zu prüfen, ob die Größe eines NTFS-Dateisystems\n" "geändert werden kann, während es eingehängt ist." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -3048,81 +2941,79 @@ "Die Größe von Partition %1 kann nicht geändert werden,\n" "da das Dateisystem inkonsistent zu sein scheint.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Größe der Partition %1 ändern" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Größe des logischen Volume %1 ändern" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Aktuelle Größe: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Aktuell genutzt: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Größe" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximale Größe (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Minimale Größe (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Größe" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die neue Größe.</p>" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe zwischen %1 und %2 " -"ein." +msgstr "Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe zwischen %1 und %2 ein." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3134,43 +3025,42 @@ "das Dateisystem auszuhängen, was die Geschwindigkeit des Vorgangs\n" "enorm erhöhen würde." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Ausgabe von %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Platten erneut absuchen..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "DM %1 bearbeiten" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Kein DM-Gerät ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "DM %1 ist in Gebrauch. Er kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass er nicht " -"benutzt wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass er nicht benutzt wird." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Device-Mapper (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3180,8 +3070,8 @@ "in einer anderen Ansicht angezeigt werden. Deshalb werden Multipath-\n" "Festplatten, BIOS RAIDs und LVM Logical-Volumes hier nicht angezeigt.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3189,8 +3079,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zum\n" "ausgewählten Device Mapper-Gerät angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3198,185 +3088,185 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle Geräte angezeigt, die vom\n" "ausgewählten Device Mapper-Gerät verwendet werden.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM-Gerät: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAID hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe hinzufügen" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Gerätegraph" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Gerätegraph speichern ..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt einen Graphen der Geräte.</p>" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Speicherung des Graphen ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Einhängegraph" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Einhängegraph speichern ..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt einen Graphen der Einhängepunkte.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie den Partitionstyp der neuen Partition aus.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Primäre Partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "&Erweiterte Partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "&Logische Partition" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Neuer Partitionstyp" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die Größe der neuen Partition aus.</p>" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Neue Partitionsgröße" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierter Bereich" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Startzylinder" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Endzylinder" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "Der eingegebene Bereich ist falsch." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Partition auf %1 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Partition %1 bearbeiten" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Kein Platz für die verschobene Partition %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Partition %1 vorverschieben?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Partition %1 zurückverschieben?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Partition %1 verschieben?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Vorwärts" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Rückwärts" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Löschen aller Partitionen bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3384,99 +3274,96 @@ "Die Platte \"%1\"' enthält mindestens eine Partition.\n" "Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Partitionen gelöscht:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Sollen wirklich alle Partitionen auf \"%1\" gelöscht werden?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Keine Festplatte ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." -msgstr "" -"Partitionstabelle auf LDL-formatierter DASD kann nicht erstellt werden." +msgstr "Partitionstabelle auf LDL-formatierter DASD kann nicht erstellt werden." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Die Festplatte wird verwendet und kann nicht geändert werden." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Neuen Partitionstabellentyp für %1 auswählen." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie eine neue Partitionstabelle auf %1 erstellen " -"wollen? Dies löscht alle Daten\n" +"Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie eine neue Partitionstabelle auf %1 erstellen wollen? Dies löscht alle Daten\n" "auf %1 und alle RAIDs und Volume-Gruppen, die Partitionen auf %1 benutzen." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Keine Platte ausgewählt." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS-RAID %1 wirklich löschen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Soll der partitionierte RAID %1 wirklich gelöscht werden?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Auf dieser Festplatte finden sich keine zu löschenden Partitionen." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Sie können auf %1 keine Partition anlegen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Keine Partition ausgewählt." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Partition %1 ist in Gebrauch. Sie kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht " -"in Benutzung ist." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Eine erweiterte Partition kann nicht bearbeitet werden." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3484,28 +3371,27 @@ "Die Partition %1 ist bereits auf der Platte angelegt\n" "und kann nicht verschoben werden." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Eine erweiterte Partition kann nicht verschoben werden." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Partition %1 ist in Gebrauch. Ihre Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie " -"nicht in Benutzung ist." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Die Größe einer erweiterten Partition kann nicht geändert werden." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3520,7 +3406,7 @@ "<p>Mit '*' markierte Platten enthalten bereits Partitionen.\n" "Diese werden durch das Klonen gelöscht.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3528,11 +3414,11 @@ "Die folgenden Partitionen werden gelöscht\n" "und alle Daten darauf gehen verloren:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Diese Partitionen wirklich löschen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3542,7 +3428,7 @@ "muss eine Platte wenigstens eine Partition haben.\n" "Legen Sie Partitionen an, bevor Sie die Platte klonen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3550,30 +3436,29 @@ "Diese Platte kann nicht geklont werden. Es gibt keine passenden\n" "Platten, die dieselbe Partitionierung aufnehmen können." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Partitions-Layout von %1 klonen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Verfügbare Zieldatenträger:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Eine Zielplatte zum Klonen auswählen" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" -"Durch das Ausführen von dasdfmt werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte " -"gelöscht.\n" +"Durch das Ausführen von dasdfmt werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte gelöscht.\n" "Möchten Sie dasdfmt wirklich auf Festplatte %1 ausführen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3585,58 +3470,58 @@ " Die auf dieser Festplatte vorhandenen Partitionen werden erneut\n" "angezeigt.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Partition hinzufügen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Verschieben" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Größe ändern" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Verschieben..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Größe ändern..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3644,8 +3529,8 @@ "Festplatten, BIOS-RAIDs und Multipath-\n" "Geräte können nicht verschoben werden." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3653,19 +3538,19 @@ "Die Größe von Festplatten, BIOS-RAIDs und\n" "Multipath-Geräten kann nicht geändert werden." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Festplatten" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Partition hinzufügen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" @@ -3673,18 +3558,18 @@ "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Festplatten einschließlich iSCSI-Festplatten\n" "BIOS RAIDs und Multipath-Festplatten sowie deren Partitionen.</p>\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Statustest (SMART) ..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Eigenschaften (hdparm) ..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk.</p>" @@ -3692,45 +3577,45 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Festplatte angezeigt.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART ist für diese Festplatte nicht verfügbar." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm ist für diese Festplatte nicht verfügbar." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Neue Partitionstabelle erstellen" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Diese Platte klonen" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "dasd&fmt auf dem DASD-Gerät ausführen" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Hinzufügen..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Experte..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3740,8 +3625,8 @@ "Wenn die Festplatte z.B. von einem BIOS-RAID oder einer Multipath-\n" "Festplatte verwendet wird, werden hier keine Partitionen angezeigt.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3751,23 +3636,23 @@ "Festplatte verwendet werden. Diese Ansicht ist nur für BIOS-RAIDs,\n" "partitionierte Software-RAIDs und Multipath-Festplatten verfügbar.</p>\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Partitionen" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Festplatte: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partition: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition.</p>" @@ -3775,8 +3660,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Partition angezeigt.</p>" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3786,8 +3671,8 @@ "vorhandene Linux-Systeme mit Einhängepunkten gefunden. Diese \n" "Einhängepunkte werden in der Tabelle angezeigt.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3797,68 +3682,67 @@ "z. B. / und /usr, während der Installation formatiert werden\n" "sollen. Nicht-System-Volumes, z. B. /home, werden nicht formatiert.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Kein Vorgängersystem mit Einhängepunkten erkannt." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "&Vorheriges anzeigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "&Nächstes anzeigen" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Einhängepunkte aus vorhandenem System importieren:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "System-Volumes formatieren" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importieren" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "Auf %1 gefundene /etc/fstab enthält:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Falsches Passwort eingegeben." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Löschen der von LVM verwendeten Partition bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "Die ausgewählte Partition wird von der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" verwendet.\n" -"Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die folgenden " -"Volume-Gruppe\n" +"Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die folgenden Volume-Gruppe\n" "und deren logische Einheiten gelöscht:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Partition \"%1\" und Volume-Gruppe \"%2\" jetzt löschen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Löschen der von RAID verwendeten Partition bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3868,24 +3752,24 @@ "Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten,\n" "wird das folgende RAID-Gerät gelöscht:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Partition \"%1\" und RAID \"%2\" jetzt löschen?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Sollen wirklich alle Partitionen auf %1 gelöscht werden?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1 wirklich löschen?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3893,61 +3777,58 @@ "\n" "Soll die Loop-Datei %1 auch entfernt werden?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Nicht partitioniert" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Nicht zugewiesen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<p>Keine Änderungen an der Partitionierung.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<p>Änderungen an der Partitionierung:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>Keine Änderungen an den Speichereinstellungen.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>Speichereinstellungen:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>Zu installierende Pakete:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Es müssen keine Pakete installiert werden.</p>" -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Pfadname der Loop-Datei:</b><br>Hierbei muss es sich um einen " -"absoluten Pfad zu der Datei handeln,\n" -"die die Daten für das verschlüsselte Loop-Gerät enthält, das eingerichtet " -"werden soll.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Pfadname der Loop-Datei:</b><br>Hierbei muss es sich um einen absoluten Pfad zu der Datei handeln,\n" +"die die Daten für das verschlüsselte Loop-Gerät enthält, das eingerichtet werden soll.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3955,15 +3836,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Loop-Datei erstellen:</b><br>Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, wird die " -"Datei\n" -"mit der im nächsten Feld angegebenen Größe erstellt. <b>HINWEIS:</b> Wenn " -"die\n" -"Datei bereits vorhanden ist, gehen alle darin enthaltenen Daten verloren.</" -"p>\n" +"<p><b>Loop-Datei erstellen:</b><br>Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, wird die Datei\n" +"mit der im nächsten Feld angegebenen Größe erstellt. <b>HINWEIS:</b> Wenn die\n" +"Datei bereits vorhanden ist, gehen alle darin enthaltenen Daten verloren.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3971,11 +3849,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b>Größe:</b><br>Dies ist die Größe der Loop-Datei. Das Dateisystem,\n" -"das im verschlüsselten Loop-Gerät erstellt werden soll, hat diese Größe.</" -"p>\n" +"das im verschlüsselten Loop-Gerät erstellt werden soll, hat diese Größe.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3984,30 +3861,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>HINWEIS:</b> Während der Installation kann YaST keine " -"Konsistenzprüfung\n" +"<p><b>HINWEIS:</b> Während der Installation kann YaST keine Konsistenzprüfung\n" "der Dateigröße und Pfadnamen vornehmen, da auf das Dateisystem nicht\n" -"zugegriffen werden kann. Es wird am Ende des Installationsvorgangs " -"angelegt.\n" +"zugegriffen werden kann. Es wird am Ende des Installationsvorgangs angelegt.\n" "Gehen Sie bei der Angabe der Größe und des Pfadnamens sorgfältig vor.</p>\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Pfadname der Loop-Datei" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Durchsuchen ..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Loop-Datei anlegen" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -4015,98 +3890,94 @@ "Der Dateiname \"%1\" ist ungültig.\n" "Verwenden Sie einen absoluten Pfadnamen.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe von wenigstens %1 " -"ein." +msgstr "Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe von wenigstens %1 ein." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" "the create flag." msgstr "" "Der Dateiname \"%1\" existiert nicht,\n" -"und das Erstellungs-Flag ist ausgeschaltet. Verwenden Sie entweder eine " -"vorhandene Datei\n" +"und das Erstellungs-Flag ist ausgeschaltet. Verwenden Sie entweder eine vorhandene Datei\n" "oder aktivieren Sie das Erstellungs-Flag." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei %1 bearbeiten" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Keine verschlüsselte Datei ausgewählt." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Die verschlüsselte Datei %1 ist in Benutzung. Sie kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten , stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht " -"in Gebrauch ist." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten , stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Gebrauch ist." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Dateien" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei hinzufügen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>" msgstr "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle Crypt-Dateien angezeigt.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file.</p>" @@ -4114,23 +3985,23 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Crypt-Datei angezeigt.</p>" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für die Volume-Gruppe ein." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe ist länger als 128 Zeichen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe darf nicht mit einem \"-\" beginnen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4138,13 +4009,13 @@ "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe enthält unerlaubte Zeichen. Erlaubt\n" "sind alphanumerische Zeichen, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" und \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "Die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" existiert bereits." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4152,52 +4023,48 @@ "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" steht im Konflikt\n" "mit einem anderen Eintrag im Verzeichnis /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Löschen der Volume-Gruppe bestätigen" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" "and deleted:" msgstr "" "Die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" enthält mindestens ein logisches Volume.\n" -"Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Volumes ausgehängt (falls " -"eingehängt)\n" +"Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Volumes ausgehängt (falls eingehängt)\n" "und gelöscht:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Möchten Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" und alle zugehörigen logischen Volumes " -"wirklich löschen?" +msgstr "Möchten Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" und alle zugehörigen logischen Volumes wirklich löschen?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Die eingegebenen Daten sind ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe (Physical Extent " -"Size) ein, die größer als %1\n" +"Die eingegebenen Daten sind ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe (Physical Extent Size) ein, die größer als %1\n" "potenziert mit 2 ist, zum Beispiel \"%2\" oder \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für das logische Volume ein." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Der Name für das logische Volume ist länger als 128 Zeichen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4205,8 +4072,8 @@ "Der Name für das logische Volume enthält ungültige Zeichen. Erlaubt\n" "sind alphanumerische Zeichen, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" und \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4214,62 +4081,56 @@ "Ein logisches Volume mit dem Namen \"%1\" existiert bereits\n" "in Volume-Gruppe \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Geben Sie Name und Größe (Physical Extent Size) der neuen Volume-Gruppe " -"ein.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Geben Sie Name und Größe (Physical Extent Size) der neuen Volume-Gruppe ein.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie die physischen Volumes aus, die die Volume-Gruppe enthalten " -"soll.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die physischen Volumes aus, die die Volume-Gruppe enthalten soll.</p>" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Name der Volume-Gruppe" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Größe (&Physical Extent Size)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Verfügbare physische Volumes:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Ausgewählte physische Volumes:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geräte ändern, die für die Volume-Gruppe verwendet werden.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Geben Sie sowohl die Größe als auch die Anzahl und Größe\n" -"der Stripes für das neue logische Volume an. Die Anzahl der Stripes darf " -"nicht höher sein\n" +"der Stripes für das neue logische Volume an. Die Anzahl der Stripes darf nicht höher sein\n" "als die Anzahl physischer Volumes der Volume-Gruppe.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4279,176 +4140,162 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "<p>Sogenannte <b>Thin Volumes</b> können mit einer\n" -"beliebigen Volume-Größe angelegt werden. Der erforderliche Speicherplatz " -"wird bei Bedarf dem \n" -"zugeordneten <b>Thin Pool</b> entnommen. So kann man ein Thin Volume " -"anlegen, das größer ist\n" -"als der Thin Pool. Natürlich muss, wenn wirklich Daten in ein Thin Volume " -"geschrieben werden,\n" -"der zugeordnete Thin Pool in der Lage sein, diesen Speicherplatz " -"bereitzustellen.\n" +"beliebigen Volume-Größe angelegt werden. Der erforderliche Speicherplatz wird bei Bedarf dem \n" +"zugeordneten <b>Thin Pool</b> entnommen. So kann man ein Thin Volume anlegen, das größer ist\n" +"als der Thin Pool. Natürlich muss, wenn wirklich Daten in ein Thin Volume geschrieben werden,\n" +"der zugeordnete Thin Pool in der Lage sein, diesen Speicherplatz bereitzustellen.\n" "Thin Volumes können keine Stripes-Anzahl haben." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Stripes" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Nummer" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Logisches Volume %1 auf %2 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Größe der Volume-Gruppe %1 ändern" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie einen Namen für das neue logische Volume ein.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein <b>Normal Volume</b> deklarieren.\n" -"Das ist die Vorgabe und bedeutet normale LVM-Volumes, wie vor der Einführung " -"von <b>Thin Provisioning</b>.\n" +"Das ist die Vorgabe und bedeutet normale LVM-Volumes, wie vor der Einführung von <b>Thin Provisioning</b>.\n" "Im Zweifel ist das wahrscheinlich die richtige Wahl</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Sie können ein Logical-Volume als einen <b>Thin Pool</b> deklarieren.\n" -"Das bedeutet, <b>Thin Volumes</b> beziehen bei Bedarf ihren benötigten " -"Speicherplatz aus solch einem Pool.</p>" +"Das bedeutet, <b>Thin Volumes</b> beziehen bei Bedarf ihren benötigten Speicherplatz aus solch einem Pool.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</" -"b>.</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein <b>Thin Volume</b> deklarieren.\n" -"Das bedeutet, das Volume bezieht bei Bedarf Speicherplatz aus einem <b>Thin " -"Pool</b>.</p>" +"Das bedeutet, das Volume bezieht bei Bedarf Speicherplatz aus einem <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Logisches Volume" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Normal-Volume" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Thin Pool" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "&Thin Volume" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Verwendeter Pool" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Logisches Volume auf %1 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Logisches Volume %1 auf %2 bearbeiten" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um eine Volume-Gruppe zu " -"erstellen.\n" +"Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um eine Volume-Gruppe zu erstellen.\n" "\n" -"Um LVM zu benutzen, ist mindestens eine unbenutzte Partition vom Typ 0x8e " -"(oder 0x83) oder\n" -"ein unbenutztes RAID-Gerät erforderlich. Ändern Sie Ihre Partitionstabelle " -"entsprechend." +"Um LVM zu benutzen, ist mindestens eine unbenutzte Partition vom Typ 0x8e (oder 0x83) oder\n" +"ein unbenutztes RAID-Gerät erforderlich. Ändern Sie Ihre Partitionstabelle entsprechend." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Keine Volume-Gruppe ausgewählt." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Wollen Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" wirklich entfernen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Löschen der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Kein logisches Volume ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "Kein freier Speicher in der Volume Gruppe \"%1\" übrig." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4456,56 +4303,55 @@ "Das Volume '%1' ist ein Thin Pool.\n" "Es kann nicht bearbeitet werden." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Volume %1 ist in Gebrauch. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es " -"nicht verwendet wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es nicht verwendet wird." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Logisches Volume hinzufügen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Volume-Verwaltung" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes.</p>" @@ -4513,8 +4359,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle LVM-Volume-Gruppen und\n" "deren logischen Volumes angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4522,8 +4368,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4531,8 +4377,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle logischen Volumes der\n" "ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4540,28 +4386,28 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle physischen Volumes angezeigt,\n" "die von der ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe verwendet werden.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "&Logische Volumes" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "&Physische Volumes" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Logisches Volume: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume.</p>" @@ -4569,56 +4415,56 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zum\n" "ausgewählten logischen Volume angezeigt.</p>" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Device-Mapper" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Unbenutzte Geräte" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installationszusammenfassung" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4628,38 +4474,34 @@ "Diese Änderungen gehen verloren, wenn Sie den Dialog mit %1 verlassen.\n" "Sind Sie sich sicher?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hier können Sie die Partitionierungszusammenfassung sehen.</p>" -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Zusammenfassung" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Systemansicht" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Die NFS-Konfiguration ist nicht verfügbar. Überprüfen Sie die Installation " -"des Pakets yast2-nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Die NFS-Konfiguration ist nicht verfügbar. Überprüfen Sie die Installation des Pakets yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Network File System (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4667,55 +4509,47 @@ "Fehler beim Probeeinhängen der NFS-Freigabe '%1'.\n" "Trotzdem speichern?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Wählen Sie für %1 mindestens %2 Gerät." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie den RAID-Typ der neuen RAID-Festplatte aus.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Mit dieser Ebene wird die Plattenleistung erhöht.\n" -"In diesem Modus gibt es <b>KEINE</b> Redundanz. Wenn auf einem der Laufwerke " -"ein Fehler auftritt, ist eine Datenwiederherstellung nicht mehr möglich.</" -"p>\n" +"In diesem Modus gibt es <b>KEINE</b> Redundanz. Wenn auf einem der Laufwerke ein Fehler auftritt, ist eine Datenwiederherstellung nicht mehr möglich.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b><br> Dieser Modus weist die beste Redundanz auf. \n" "Er kann bei zwei oder mehr Festplatten zum Einsatz kommen. \n" "Dieser Modus sorgt dafür, dass sich eine exakte Kopie aller Daten \n" "auf jeder Platte befindet.\n" -"Solange mindestens eine Platte funktioniert, sind noch keine Daten " -"verloren.\n" +"Solange mindestens eine Platte funktioniert, sind noch keine Daten verloren.\n" "Die für diesen RAID-Typ verwendeten Partitionen sollten in etwa die gleiche\n" "Größe aufweisen.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Bei diesem Modus wird die Verwaltung einer größeren \n" "Anzahl an Platten mit einer gewissen Redundanz kombiniert. \n" @@ -4725,125 +4559,112 @@ "gehen alle Daten verloren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Unter <b>RAID-Name</b> können Sie einen aussagekräftigen\n" -"Namen für das RAID angeben. Dies ist optional. Wenn Sie einen Namen angeben, " -"ist das Gerät\n" +"Namen für das RAID angeben. Dies ist optional. Wenn Sie einen Namen angeben, ist das Gerät\n" "als <tt>/dev/md/<Name></tt> verfügbar.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Fügen Sie Ihrer RAID-Festplatte Partitionen hinzu. Je nach\n" -"RAID-Typ ist der verwendbare Plattenspeicher die Summe dieser Partitionen " -"(RAID 0), die Größe\n" -"der kleinsten Partition (RAID 1) oder die Anzahl der Partitionen minus 1, " -"multipliziert mit der kleinsten Partition (RAID 5) -- in einer Formel " -"ausgedrückt: (N-1) * kleinste Partition.</p>\n" +"RAID-Typ ist der verwendbare Plattenspeicher die Summe dieser Partitionen (RAID 0), die Größe\n" +"der kleinsten Partition (RAID 1) oder die Anzahl der Partitionen minus 1, multipliziert mit der kleinsten Partition (RAID 5) -- in einer Formel ausgedrückt: (N-1) * kleinste Partition.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Im Allgemeinen sollten sich die Partitionen auf verschiedenen " -"Festplatten\n" +"<p>Im Allgemeinen sollten sich die Partitionen auf verschiedenen Festplatten\n" "befinden, um wirklich die gewünschte Redundanz bzw. den angestrebten\n" "Durchsatz zu erreichen.</p>\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID-Typ" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (Redundantes Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (Mirroring und Striping)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "RAID-&Name (optional)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Verfügbare Geräte:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Chunk-Größe:</b><br>Dies ist die kleinste \"atomare\" Datenmenge,\n" -"die auf die Geräte geschrieben werden kann. Eine sinnvolle Chunk-Größe für " -"RAID 5 ist 128 KB. Für RAID 0 ist\n" -"32 KB ein guter Anfangswert. Bei RAID 1 beeinflusst die Chunk-Größe das " -"gesamte Plattensystem nicht wesentlich.</p>\n" +"die auf die Geräte geschrieben werden kann. Eine sinnvolle Chunk-Größe für RAID 5 ist 128 KB. Für RAID 0 ist\n" +"32 KB ein guter Anfangswert. Bei RAID 1 beeinflusst die Chunk-Größe das gesamte Plattensystem nicht wesentlich.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Paritätsalgorithmus:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Der Paritätsalgorithmus, der für RAID5/6 verwendet werden soll.\n" -"\"Links-symmetrisch\" bietet, bei den üblichen Laufwerken mit rotierenden " -"Scheiben, die höchste Leistung.\n" +"\"Links-symmetrisch\" bietet, bei den üblichen Laufwerken mit rotierenden Scheiben, die höchste Leistung.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4851,66 +4672,66 @@ "Weitere Details zum Paritätsalgorithmus \n" "entnehmen Sie bitte der manpage für mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Chunk-Größe" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "Parity-&Algorithmus" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID-Optionen" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geräte ändern, die für RAID verwendet werden.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Größe von RAID %1 ändern" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 bearbeiten" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4922,63 +4743,59 @@ "Dies bedeutet in der Regel, dass die Teilmenge der RAID-Geräte\n" "zu klein ist, als dass das RAID nutzbar wäre.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt nicht genügend geeignete unbenutzte Geräte, um ein RAID zu erstellen." +msgstr "Es gibt nicht genügend geeignete unbenutzte Geräte, um ein RAID zu erstellen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Kein RAID ausgewählt." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 ist in Benutzung. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeit werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht " -"benutzt wird." +"bearbeit werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "RAID %1 wurde bereits auf der Festplatte erstellt. Seine Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, löschen Sie es und legen es " -"erneut an." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, löschen Sie es und legen es erneut an." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 ist in Benutzung. Seine Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass es " -"nicht benutzt wird." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "RAID hinzufügen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt alle RAIDs außer BIOS-RAIDs an.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4986,8 +4803,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten RAID-Festplatte angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4995,130 +4812,123 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle Geräte angezeigt,\n" "die von der ausgewählten RAID-Festplatte verwendet werden.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Einhängen durch" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Belegt von" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS-ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Zylinderinformation" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Fibre Channel-Informationen" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Verschlüsselung" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Gerätename" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Volume-Kennung" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Geräte-ID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Gerätepfad" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Optimal" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Zylinder" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Einhängen durch (Standard)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Standarddateisystem" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Ausrichtung neu angelegter Partitionen" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Speichergeräte anzeigen nach" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>This view shows general storage\n" "settings:</p>" @@ -5126,29 +4936,25 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden allgemeine\n" "Speichereinstellungen angezeigt:</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standard-Einhängen</b> ist die Einhängemethode \n" "für neu erstellte Dateisysteme. <i>Gerätename</i> verwendet den Kernel-\n" -"Gerätenamen, der jedoch nicht beständig ist. <i>Geräte-ID</i> und " -"<i>Gerätepfad</i>\n" -"verwenden durch udev aus der Hardware-Information generierte Namen. Diese " -"sollten\n" +"Gerätenamen, der jedoch nicht beständig ist. <i>Geräte-ID</i> und <i>Gerätepfad</i>\n" +"verwenden durch udev aus der Hardware-Information generierte Namen. Diese sollten\n" "beständig sein, leider ist dies nicht immer so. <i>UUID</i> und\n" "<i>Volume-Kennung</i> verwenden UUID und Bezeichnung des Dateisystems.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" @@ -5156,25 +4962,21 @@ "<p><b>Standard-Dateisystem</b> gibt das\n" "Dateisystem für neu erstellte Dateisysteme an.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ausrichtung neu erstellter Partitionen</b>\n" -"bestimmt, wie neu erstellte Partitionen ausgerichtet werden. <b>Zylinder</b> " -"ist die traditionelle Ausrichtung an Zylindergrenzen der Festplatte. " -"<b>Optimal</b> richtet die\n" +"bestimmt, wie neu erstellte Partitionen ausgerichtet werden. <b>Zylinder</b> ist die traditionelle Ausrichtung an Zylindergrenzen der Festplatte. <b>Optimal</b> richtet die\n" "Partitionen entsprechend Hinweisen des Linux-Kernels für beste Leistung aus\n" "oder versucht kompatibel zu Windows Vista und Win 7 zu sein.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" @@ -5182,33 +4984,32 @@ "<p><b>Speichergeräte anzeigen nach</b> steuert\n" "den Namen, der im Navigationsbaum für Festplatten angezeigt wird.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte</b>\n" -"ermöglicht das Ausblenden von Informationen in den Tabellen und der " -"Übersicht.</p>" +"ermöglicht das Ausblenden von Informationen in den Tabellen und der Übersicht.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt die Zusammenfassung der Installation.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "tmpfs-Einhängepunkt hinzufügen" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Kein tmpfs-Gerät ausgewählt." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5216,18 +5017,18 @@ "\n" "Soll das in %1 eingehängte TMPFS wirklich gelöscht werden?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "tmpfs-Volumes" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt alle tmpfs-Volumes.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -5235,18 +5036,18 @@ "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über das\n" "ausgewählte tmpfs-Volume.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs eingehängt unter %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Erneut abtasten" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5256,40 +5057,39 @@ "nicht partitionierte Festplatten und Volume-Gruppen\n" "ohne logische Volumes angezeigt.</p>" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Eine erneute Absuche nicht verwendeter Geräte hebt\n" -"alle aktuellen Änderungen auf. Sollen nicht verwendete Geräte wirklich " -"erneut abgesucht werden?" +"alle aktuellen Änderungen auf. Sollen nicht verwendete Geräte wirklich erneut abgesucht werden?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5297,17 +5097,17 @@ "Es konnte kein logisches Volume in der gewünschten Größe\n" "erstellt werden.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Verringern Sie die Stripe-Anzahl des Volume." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Sie können nur logische Volumes entfernen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5315,8 +5115,8 @@ "Es gibt mindestens einen aktiven Snapshot für dieses Volume.\n" "Entfernen Sie zuerst den Snapshot." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5324,102 +5124,102 @@ "Es gibt mindestens ein Thin Volume, das diesen Pool verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie zuerst das Thin Volume." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "" "Wollen Sie das logische Volume\n" "%1 entfernen?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Gesamtgröße: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Resultierende Größe: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klasse" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Oben" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Nach oben" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Nach unten" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Unten" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Einstufen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hinzufügen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Alle hinzufügen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Alle entfernen" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "Die Datei '%1' ist keine reguläre Datei!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "Datei '%1' ist ist zu groß!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5431,61 +5231,52 @@ "Die Datei muss aus Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken und einem Klassennamen\n" "pro Zeile bestehen. Beispiel:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Die folgenden Schemazeilen wurden erkannt:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "Ist es in Ordnung, Geräten Klassen mit diesen Schemen zuzuordnen?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Dieser Dialog definiert Klassen für die RAID-Geräte, die im RAID " -"enthalten sind.\n" +"<p>Dieser Dialog definiert Klassen für die RAID-Geräte, die im RAID enthalten sind.\n" "Verfügbare Klassen sind A, B, C, D und E, aber in vielen Fällen\n" "sind weniger Klassen nötig (z.B. nur A und B). </p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Sie können dem Gerät eine Klasse zuordnen, indem Sie mit der rechten " -"Maustaste auf das Gerät klicken\n" +"<p>Sie können dem Gerät eine Klasse zuordnen, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Gerät klicken\n" "und die passende Klasse aus dem Kontextmenü auswählen. Durch Drücken von \n" -"Strg oder der Umschalttaste können Sie mehrere Geräte auswählen und sie in " -"einem Schritt\n" -"einer Klasse zuordnen. Man kann auch die Schaltflächen \"%1\" bis \"%2\" " -"verwenden, um die gerade\n" +"Strg oder der Umschalttaste können Sie mehrere Geräte auswählen und sie in einem Schritt\n" +"einer Klasse zuordnen. Man kann auch die Schaltflächen \"%1\" bis \"%2\" verwenden, um die gerade\n" "ausgewählten Geräte der jeweiligen Klasse zuzuordnen.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." msgstr "" "<p>Nach dem Festlegen der Klassen für die Geräte können Sie \n" -"die Geräte sortieren, indem Sie einen der Schaltflächen \"%1\" oder \"%2\" " -"drücken." +"die Geräte sortieren, indem Sie einen der Schaltflächen \"%1\" oder \"%2\" drücken." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5493,207 +5284,180 @@ "<b>Sortiert</b> ordnet alle Geräte von Klasse A vor denen\n" "von Klasse B an und so weiter." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"<b>Interleaved</b> nimmt das erste Gerät der Klasse A, dann das erste Gerät " -"der Klasse B,\n" -"und dann alle folgenden Klassen, denen Geräte zugeordnet sind. Dann kommt " -"das zweite Gerät der Klasse A,\n" +"<b>Interleaved</b> nimmt das erste Gerät der Klasse A, dann das erste Gerät der Klasse B,\n" +"und dann alle folgenden Klassen, denen Geräte zugeordnet sind. Dann kommt das zweite Gerät der Klasse A,\n" "das zweite Gerät der Klasse B und so weiter." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created.</p>" msgstr "" "Alle Geräte ohne Klasse werden am Ende der Geräteliste einsortiert.\n" -"Wenn Sie das Popup-Fenster verlassen, wird die derzeitige Gerätereihenfolge " -"als\n" +"Wenn Sie das Popup-Fenster verlassen, wird die derzeitige Gerätereihenfolge als\n" "Reihenfolge im anzulegenden RAID verwendet.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" -"Durch Drücken der Schaltfläche \"<b>%1</b>\" können Sie eine Datei " -"auswählen,\n" -"die Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken enthält und einen Klassennamen (z.B. " -"\"sda.* A\").\n" -"Alle Geräte, die dem regulären Ausdruck entsprechen, werden der Klasse in " -"dieser Zeile zugeordnet.\n" +"Durch Drücken der Schaltfläche \"<b>%1</b>\" können Sie eine Datei auswählen,\n" +"die Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken enthält und einen Klassennamen (z.B. \"sda.* A\").\n" +"Alle Geräte, die dem regulären Ausdruck entsprechen, werden der Klasse in dieser Zeile zugeordnet.\n" "Der reguläre Ausdruck wird mit dem Kernel-Namen (z.B. /dev/sda1), \n" -"dem udev-Pfadnamen (z.B. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) und\n" -"der udev-ID (z.B. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) " -"verglichen.\n" -"Der erste Treffer legt die Klasse des Gerätes fest, wenn der Gerätename zu " -"mehreren\n" +"dem udev-Pfadnamen (z.B. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) und\n" +"der udev-ID (z.B. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) verglichen.\n" +"Der erste Treffer legt die Klasse des Gerätes fest, wenn der Gerätename zu mehreren\n" "regulären Ausdrücken passt.</p>" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Gerät" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Schemadatei" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "TMPFS-&Größe" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" "Ungültige Größenangabe. Geben Sie eine Zahl gefolgt von K, M, G oder % an.\n" -"Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen " -"Sie es erneut." +"Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Der Wert muss zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>TMPFS-Größe:</b>\n" -"Die Größe kann als Zahl gefolgt von K, M oder G (Kilo-, Mega- oder Gigabyte) " -"oder\n" -"als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (Prozentsatz des Speichers) " -"angegeben werden.</p>" +"Die Größe kann als Zahl gefolgt von K, M oder G (Kilo-, Mega- oder Gigabyte) oder\n" +"als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (Prozentsatz des Speichers) angegeben werden.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Swap-&Priorität" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Der Wert muss zwischen 0 und 32767 liegen. Bitte erneut versuchen." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Swap-Priorität:</b>\n" -"Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die " -"Priorität.</p>\n" +"Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die Priorität.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Sch&reibgeschützt einhängen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Schreibgeschützt einhängen:</b>\n" -"Kein Schreiben auf das Dateisystem möglich. Standard ist aus. Während der " -"Installation\n" +"Kein Schreiben auf das Dateisystem möglich. Standard ist aus. Während der Installation\n" "wird das Dateisystem immer schreibfähig eingehängt.</p>" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Keine &Zugriffszeit" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Keine Zugriffszeit:</b>\n" -"Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. Der " -"Standardwert ist \"Falsch\".</p>\n" +"Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. Der Standardwert ist \"Falsch\".</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Durch Benutzer einhängbar" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Durch Benutzer einhängbar:</b>\n" -"Das Dateisystem kann durch einen normalen Benutzer eingehängt werden. " -"Standard ist 'false' (unwahr).</p>\n" +"Das Dateisystem kann durch einen normalen Benutzer eingehängt werden. Standard ist 'false' (unwahr).</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Nicht beim System&start einhängen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nicht beim Systemstart einhängen:</b>\n" "Das Dateisystem wird beim Systemstart nicht automatisch eingehängt.\n" -"In /etc/fstab wird ein Eintrag angelegt und das Dateisystem wird mit den " -"passenden\n" +"In /etc/fstab wird ein Eintrag angelegt und das Dateisystem wird mit den passenden\n" "Optionen eingehängt, wenn das Kommando <tt>mount <mountpoint></tt>\n" -"angegeben wird (<mountpoint> ist das Verzeichnis, in das das " -"Dateisystem\n" +"angegeben wird (<mountpoint> ist das Verzeichnis, in das das Dateisystem\n" "eingehängt wird). Der Standard ist \"Falsch\".</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "&Quotenunterstützung aktivieren" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5703,42 +5467,37 @@ "Das Dateisystem wird mit aktivierten Benutzerquoten eingehängt.\n" "Standard ist 'aus'.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Daten-&Journaling-Modus" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Daten-Journaling-Modus:</b>\n" "Gibt den Journaling-Modus für Dateidaten an.\n" -" <tt>journal</tt> -- Alle Daten werden vor dem Schreiben in das " -"Hauptdateisystem\n" +" <tt>journal</tt> -- Alle Daten werden vor dem Schreiben in das Hauptdateisystem\n" " im Journal gespeichert. Stärkste Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.<br>\n" -" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle Daten werden zwangsweise direkt in das " -"Hauptdateisystem übertragen, bevor die entsprechenden Metadaten im Journal " -"gespeichert werden. Mittlere Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.<br>\n" +" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle Daten werden zwangsweise direkt in das Hauptdateisystem übertragen, bevor die entsprechenden Metadaten im Journal gespeichert werden. Mittlere Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.<br>\n" " <tt>writeback</tt> -- Die Datenreihenfolge\n" "wird nicht beibehalten. Keine Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listen für &Zugriffskontrolle (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5746,13 +5505,13 @@ "<p><b>Listen für Zugriffskontrolle:</b>\n" "Aktivieren von Listen für die Zugriffskontrolle auf dem Dateisystem.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Erweiterte Benutzerattribute" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5760,114 +5519,98 @@ "<p><b>Erweiterte Benutzerattribute:</b>\n" "Erweiterte Benutzerattribute auf dem Dateisystem erlauben.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Beliebiger Options&wert" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Ungültige Zeichen in einem Optionswert. Es dürfen keine Leerzeichen und " -"Tabulatoren verwendet werden. Versuchen Sie es erneut." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Ungültige Zeichen in einem Optionswert. Es dürfen keine Leerzeichen und Tabulatoren verwendet werden. Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Beliebiger Optionswert:</b>\n" -"Geben Sie in diesem Feld eine beliebige Einhängeoption ein, die im vierten " -"Feld von /etc/fstab erlaubt ist.\n" +"Geben Sie in diesem Feld eine beliebige Einhängeoption ein, die im vierten Feld von /etc/fstab erlaubt ist.\n" "Mehrere Optionen werden durch Kommata getrennt.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Zeichen&satz für Dateinamen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Zeichensatz für Dateinamen:</b>\n" -"Bestimmen Sie den Zeichensatz, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-" -"Partitionen verwendet wird.</p>\n" +"Bestimmen Sie den Zeichensatz, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-Partitionen verwendet wird.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&seite für FAT-Kurzbezeichnungen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Codeseite für FAT-Kurzbezeichnungen:</b>\n" -"Diese Codeseite wird zum Konvertieren nach Kurzbezeichnungen auf FAT-" -"Dateisystemen verwendet.</p>\n" +"Diese Codeseite wird zum Konvertieren nach Kurzbezeichnungen auf FAT-Dateisystemen verwendet.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Anzahl der &FATs" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Anzahl der FATs:</b>\n" "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Dateizuordnungstabellen (file allocation tables)\n" "im Dateisystem an. Standard ist 2.\n" "</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT-&Größe" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT-Größe:</b>\n" -"Legt den Typ der verwendeten Dateizuordnungstabellen fest (12, 16 oder " -"32 Bit). Falls \"automatisch\" angegeben wurde,\n" -"wählt YaST automatisch den passenden Wert für die Größe des Dateisystems " -"aus.\n" +"Legt den Typ der verwendeten Dateizuordnungstabellen fest (12, 16 oder 32 Bit). Falls \"automatisch\" angegeben wurde,\n" +"wählt YaST automatisch den passenden Wert für die Größe des Dateisystems aus.\n" "</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Einträge im Root-&Verzeichnis (/)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Die minimale Anzahl der \"Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis\" ist 112. Versuchen " -"sie es erneut." +msgstr "Die minimale Anzahl der \"Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis\" ist 112. Versuchen sie es erneut." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" @@ -5875,69 +5618,58 @@ "<p><b>Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis:</b>\n" "Wählen Sie die Anzahl der verfügbaren Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis aus.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hash-&Funktion" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Hash-Funktion:</b>\n" -"Hiermit wird der Name der Hash-Funktion angegeben, die verwendet wird, um " -"Dateinamen in Verzeichnissen zu sortieren.</p>\n" +"Hiermit wird der Name der Hash-Funktion angegeben, die verwendet wird, um Dateinamen in Verzeichnissen zu sortieren.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Version des Dateisystems" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Version des Dateisystems:</b>\n" -"Diese Option legt die zu verwendende Format-Version des reiserFS fest. '3.5' " -"ist abwärtskompatibel für Kernel der Serie 2.2.x. '3.6' ist neuer, kann " -"jedoch nur mit Kernelversionen ab 2.4 verwendet werden.</p>\n" +"Diese Option legt die zu verwendende Format-Version des reiserFS fest. '3.5' ist abwärtskompatibel für Kernel der Serie 2.2.x. '3.6' ist neuer, kann jedoch nur mit Kernelversionen ab 2.4 verwendet werden.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Block&größe in Byte" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blockgröße:</b>\n" -"Geben Sie die Größe von Blöcken in Byte an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen " -"sind 512, 1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Bei der Auswahl 'auto' wird " -"die Standard-Blockgröße 4096 verwendet.</p>\n" +"Geben Sie die Größe von Blöcken in Byte an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen sind 512, 1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Bei der Auswahl 'auto' wird die Standard-Blockgröße 4096 verwendet.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode-Größe" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5945,50 +5677,46 @@ "<p><b>Inode-Größe</b>\n" "Mit dieser Option wird die Inode-Größe des Dateisystems festgelegt.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Prozent Inode-Bereich" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Prozent Inode-Bereich:</b>\n" -"Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel Prozent " -"des Platzes im Dateisystem maximal mit Inodes belegt werden dürfen.</p>\n" +"Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel Prozent des Platzes im Dateisystem maximal mit Inodes belegt werden dürfen.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inodes &gereiht" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inodes gereiht:</b>\n" "Die Option \"Inodes gereiht\" wird verwendet, um anzugeben, ob die\n" "Inode-Verteilung regelmäßig oder nicht regelmäßig eingerichtet werden soll.\n" -"Vorgabe ist eine regelmäßige Verteilung der Inodes. Gereihte Inodes " -"erlauben\n" +"Vorgabe ist eine regelmäßige Verteilung der Inodes. Gereihte Inodes erlauben\n" "normalerweise einen effizienteren Zugriff als ungereihte.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Protokollgröße in Megabyte" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5996,31 +5724,29 @@ "Der Wert der \"Protokollgröße\" ist nicht korrekt.\n" "Geben Sie einen Wert größer Null ein.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Protokollgröße</b>\n" -"Hiermit wird die Größe des Protokolls (in Megabyte) festgelegt. Wenn Sie " -"\"auto\" angeben,\n" +"Hiermit wird die Größe des Protokolls (in Megabyte) festgelegt. Wenn Sie \"auto\" angeben,\n" "dann beträgt der Standardwert 40% der Gesamtgröße.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "&Dienstprogramm zum Auflisten der \"Bad Blocks\" aufrufen" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Schritt&weite in Blöcken" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -6028,8 +5754,8 @@ "Der Wert für \"Schrittweite in Blöcken\" ist ungültig.\n" "Wählen Sie einen Wert größer als 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6038,32 +5764,27 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Schrittweite (Stride Length) in Blöcken:</b>\n" "Hiermit legen Sie die RAID-relevanten Optionen für das Dateisystem fest.\n" -"Die gegenwärtig einzig mögliche Angabe ist 'stride'; 'stride' benötigt als " -"Parameter\n" +"Die gegenwärtig einzig mögliche Angabe ist 'stride'; 'stride' benötigt als Parameter\n" "die Anzahl der Blöcke in einem RAID-Stripe.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blockgröße:</b>\n" "Geben Sie Blockgrößen in Byte an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen sind\n" -"1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Beim automatischen Eintrag wird die " -"Blockgröße\n" -"anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems " -"bestimmt.</p>\n" +"1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Beim automatischen Eintrag wird die Blockgröße\n" +"anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems bestimmt.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Byte pro &Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6071,8 +5792,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Byte pro Inode:</b>\n" @@ -6087,13 +5807,13 @@ "da es nach dem Anlegen des Dateisystems nicht mehr möglich ist,\n" "die Anzahl der Inodes nachträglich zu erhöhen.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Anteil der für &root reservierten Blöcke" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -6101,27 +5821,19 @@ "Ungültige Angabe für \"Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke\".\n" "Zulässig sind Gleitpunktzahlen, die nicht größer als 99 sind (z.B. 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke:</b> Geben Sie die für den " -"Superuser reservierten Blöcke in Prozent an. Der Standardwert wird so " -"berechnet, dass normalerweise 1 GiB reserviert wird. Das obere Limit für den " -"Standardwert ist 5,0, das untere Limit ist 0,1.</p>" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke:</b> Geben Sie die für den Superuser reservierten Blöcke in Prozent an. Der Standardwert wird so berechnet, dass normalerweise 1 GiB reserviert wird. Das obere Limit für den Standardwert ist 5,0, das untere Limit ist 0,1.</p>" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Reguläre Überprüfung deaktivieren" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" @@ -6129,46 +5841,43 @@ "<p><b>Reguläre Überprüfung deaktivieren:</b>\n" "Deaktiviert die regelmäßige Überprüfung des Dateisystems beim Booten.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Verzeichnisindex-Funktion" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Verzeichnisindex:</b>\n" -"Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen " -"Verzeichnissen.</p>\n" +"Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen Verzeichnissen.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Kein Journal" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kein Journal:</b>\n" -"Journalausschaltung auf dem Dateisystem. Dies sollten Sie nur aktivieren, " -"wenn\n" +"Journalausschaltung auf dem Dateisystem. Dies sollten Sie nur aktivieren, wenn\n" "Sie einen wirklichen Grund hierfür haben.</p>\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Vorgang auf Festplatte %{device} nicht zulässig.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6180,20 +5889,17 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Eine Änderung der Partitionstabelle auf der Festplatte %{device} mit dem " -"Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" +"Eine Änderung der Partitionstabelle auf der Festplatte %{device} mit dem Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" "wird nicht unterstützt (die Festplatte ist LDL-formatiert).\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand " -"verwenden oder\n" +"Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder\n" "sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch\n" -"keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen " -"oder\n" +"keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" "ihre Größe ändern.\n" "\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6205,21 +5911,16 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %{device} ist entweder nicht lesbar, oder " -"sie wird nicht \n" -"vom Partitionierungswerkzeug parted unterstützt, mit dem die " -"Partitionstabelle\n" +"Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %{device} ist entweder nicht lesbar, oder sie wird nicht \n" +"vom Partitionierungswerkzeug parted unterstützt, mit dem die Partitionstabelle\n" "geändert wird.\n" "\n" -" Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand " -"verwenden oder\n" -" sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch " -"keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen " -"oder\n" +" Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder\n" +" sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" " ihre Größe ändern.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6235,14 +5936,12 @@ "aus Kompatibilitätsgründen hat der Kernel jedoch automatisch\n" "eine Partition erzeugt, die fast die gesamte Festplatte umfasst.\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Partition auf Platte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden " -"oder sie\n" -"formatieren und ihr einen Einhängepunkt zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch " -"nicht ihre\n" +"Sie können die Partition auf Platte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder sie\n" +"formatieren und ihr einen Einhängepunkt zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch nicht ihre\n" "Größe ändern oder die Partition von dieser Festplatte entfernen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6252,15 +5951,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Partitionierungstabelle der Festplatte in einen definierten " -"Zustand bringen,\n" -"indem Sie im Expertenmodus des Partitionierers \"Experten\"->\"Neue " -"Partitionstabelle\n" -"erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser " -"Festplatte gelöscht.\n" +"Sie können die Partitionierungstabelle der Festplatte in einen definierten Zustand bringen,\n" +"indem Sie im Expertenmodus des Partitionierers \"Experten\"->\"Neue Partitionstabelle\n" +"erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser Festplatte gelöscht.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6272,26 +5968,26 @@ "Ignorieren Sie diese Meldung, wenn Sie die Platte während\n" "der Installation nicht verwenden wollen.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Die Größe kann nicht verändert werden:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6301,11 +5997,10 @@ "Verschlüsselung konnte nicht festgelegt werden.\n" "Fehlercode des Systems: %1.\n" "\n" -"Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung " -"angegeben.\n" +"Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung angegeben.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6315,8 +6010,8 @@ "des Passworts stimmen nicht überein.\n" "Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6326,26 +6021,26 @@ "0..9, a..z, A..Z, und jedes aus \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "V&erschlüsselungspasswort eingeben:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Passwort eingeben" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Folgende verschlüsselte Volumes sind bereits verfügbar." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Aktivierung verschlüsselter Volumes" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6355,15 +6050,14 @@ "Folgende Volumes haben eine Verschlüsselungssignatur, aber die \n" "Passwörter sind noch nicht bekannt.\n" "Die Passwörter müssen bekannt sein, wenn die Volumes während eines\n" -"Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM-Volume " -"enthalten." +"Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM-Volume enthalten." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wollen Sie Verschlüsselungspasswörter angeben?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6373,73 +6067,70 @@ "der Geräte in der Liste gesperrter Geräte ein.\n" "Das Passwort wird bei allen Geräten probiert." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Verschlüsselungspasswort eingeben" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Es gibt kein verschlüsseltes Volume zum Freigeben." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Geben Sie das Passwort für eines der folgenden Geräte an:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Geben Sie das Passwort für folgendes Gerät an:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Es wird versucht, verschlüsselte Volumes freizugeben..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Mit dem Passwort konnte keines der Volumes freigegeben werden." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-Platte" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-Platte" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Datenträger" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM-RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD-RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installieren der benötigten Pakete fehlgeschlagen." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Trotz des Fehlers fortfahren?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Es können keine Partitionen erstellt werden, da andere Partitionen auf dem " -"Datenträger verwendet werden." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Es können keine Partitionen erstellt werden, da andere Partitionen auf dem Datenträger verwendet werden." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6449,7 +6140,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Swap-Bereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6459,7 +6150,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6469,7 +6160,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Swap-Bereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6479,7 +6170,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6491,7 +6182,7 @@ "Gerät %2 ändern, das einen aktiven Auslagerungsbereich enthält,\n" "der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6502,8 +6193,8 @@ "Gerät %2 ändern, das Installationsdaten enthält, die zur\n" "Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6513,114 +6204,114 @@ "Partition %1 kann nicht entfernt werden, da andere Partitionen\n" "auf Platte %2 verwendet werden.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Die Installation wird höchstwahrscheinlich fehlschlagen!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen der folgenden auflösbaren Objekte: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Bei der folgenden Aktion ist ein Fehler aufgetreten:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Der Systemfehlercode lautet: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Geben Sie das Passwort für Gerät %1 ein:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Verschl" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Dateisystemtyp" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Anfang" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Ende" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS-ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Festplattenkennung" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadaten" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE-Größe" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID-Version" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Parity-Algorithmus" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Händler" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modell" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6628,18 +6319,17 @@ "<b>BIOS-ID</b> zeigt die BIOS-ID der Festplatte an.\n" "Das Feld kann auch leer sein." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "<b>Bus</b> zeigt an, wie das Gerät am System\n" -"angeschlossen ist. Das Feld kann auch leer sein (z. B. bei Multipath-" -"Festplatten)." +"angeschlossen ist. Das Feld kann auch leer sein (z. B. bei Multipath-Festplatten)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6647,8 +6337,8 @@ "<b>Chunk-Größe</b> zeigt die Chunk-Größe von\n" "RAID-Geräten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6656,8 +6346,8 @@ "<b>Zylindergröße</b> zeigt die Größe der\n" "Festplattenzylinder an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6665,8 +6355,8 @@ "<b>Sektorgröße</b> zeigt die Größe der\n" "Sektoren der Festplatte." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6674,8 +6364,8 @@ "<b>Gerät</b> zeigt den Kernel-Namen des\n" "Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6683,8 +6373,8 @@ "<b>Festplattenkennung</b> zeigt den Partitionstabellentyp\n" "der Festplatte an, zum Beispiel <tt>MSDOS</tt> oder <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6692,8 +6382,8 @@ "<b>Verschlüsselt</b> gibt an, ob das Gerät\n" "verschlüsselt ist." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6701,8 +6391,8 @@ "<b>Endzylinder</b> zeigt den Endzylinder der\n" "Partition an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6710,8 +6400,8 @@ "<b>LUN</b> zeigt die logische Einheitennummer von\n" "Fibre Channel-Festplatten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6719,8 +6409,8 @@ "<b>Port-ID</b> zeigt die Port-ID von\n" "Fibre Channel-Festplatten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6728,8 +6418,8 @@ "<b>WWPN</b> zeigt den World Wide-Portnamen von\n" "Fibre Channel-Festplatten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6737,8 +6427,8 @@ "<b>Dateipfad</b> zeigt den Pfad der Datei\n" "eines verschlüsselten Loop-Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6746,18 +6436,18 @@ "<b>Format</b> enthält einige Flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" " bedeutet, dass das Gerät zur Formatierung ausgewählt wurde." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id." msgstr "<b>FS-ID</b> zeigt die Dateisystem-ID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type." msgstr "<b>Dateisystemtyp</b> zeigt den Dateisystemtyp an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6765,8 +6455,8 @@ "<b>Kennung</b> zeigt die Kennung des\n" "Dateisystems an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6774,42 +6464,37 @@ "<b>Metadaten</b> zeigt den LVM-Metadatentyp von\n" "Volume-Gruppen an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model." msgstr "<b>Modell</b> zeigt das Modell des Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"<b>Einhängen durch</b> gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird: " -"(Kernel) anhand\n" +"<b>Einhängen durch</b> gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird: (Kernel) anhand\n" "des Kernel-Namens, (Label) anhand der Kennung, (UUID) anhand der UUID des\n" "Dateisystems, (ID) anhand der Geräte-ID und (Path) anhand des Gerätepfads.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Ein Fragezeichen (?) zeigt an, dass das\n" -"Dateisystem nicht in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> aufgeführt ist. Es wurde entweder " -"manuell\n" -"oder über ein Automount-System eingehängt. Wenn Einstellungen dieses Volumes " -"geändert werden,\n" +"Dateisystem nicht in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> aufgeführt ist. Es wurde entweder manuell\n" +"oder über ein Automount-System eingehängt. Wenn Einstellungen dieses Volumes geändert werden,\n" "wird die <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> von YaST nicht geändert.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6817,21 +6502,19 @@ "<b>Einhängepunkt</b> zeigt an, wo das Dateisystem\n" "eingehängt ist." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Ein Sternchen (*) nach dem Einhängepunkt\n" -"weist auf ein Dateisystem hin, das zurzeit nicht eingehängt ist (z. B., " -"weil\n" +"weist auf ein Dateisystem hin, das zurzeit nicht eingehängt ist (z. B., weil\n" "die Option <tt>noauto</tt> in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> gesetzt wurde)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6839,8 +6522,8 @@ "<b>Anzahl der Zylinder</b> zeigt die Anzahl der\n" "Festplattenzylinder an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6848,8 +6531,8 @@ "<b>Paritätsalgorithmus</p> zeigt den Paritätsalgorithmus\n" "für RAID-Geräte mit RAID-Typ 5, 6 oder 10 an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6857,13 +6540,13 @@ "<p>PE-Größe</b> zeigt die Physical-Extent-Größe\n" "für LVM-Volume-Gruppen an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version." msgstr "<b>RAID-Version</b> zeigt die RAID-Version an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6871,13 +6554,13 @@ "<b>RAID-Typ</b> zeigt den RAID-Typ (auch\n" "als RAID-Level bezeichnet) von RAID-Geräten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device." msgstr "<b>Größe</b> zeigt die Größe des Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6885,8 +6568,8 @@ "<b>Startzylinder</b> zeigt den Startzylinder\n" "der Partition an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6894,8 +6577,8 @@ "<b>Streifen</b> zeigt die Streifennummer für LVM\n" "Logical-Volumes und ggf. in Klammern die Streifengröße.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6903,8 +6586,8 @@ "<b>Typ</b> zeigt eine allgemeine Übersicht über den\n" "Gerätetyp an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6912,8 +6595,8 @@ "<b>Geräte-ID</b> zeigt die dauerhaften Geräte-IDs.\n" "Dieses Feld kann leer sein.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6921,8 +6604,8 @@ "<b>Gerätepfad</b> zeigt den persistenten Gerätepfad an.\n" "Das Feld kann auch leer sein." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6930,8 +6613,8 @@ "<b>Belegt von</b> gibt an, ob ein Gerät von z. B. LVM oder RAID\n" "verwendet wird. Wenn nicht, ist diese Spalte leer.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6939,236 +6622,236 @@ "<b>UUID</b> zeigt die UUID (Universally Unique\n" "Identifier) des Dateisystems an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor." msgstr "<b>Hersteller</b> zeigt den Hersteller des Geräts an." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Gerät: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Größe: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISK %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Typ: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Format: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Verschlüsselt: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Dateisystem: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Einhängepunkt: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Einhängen durch: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Verwendet von %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Kennung: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Gerätepfad: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "Geräte-ID %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS-ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Festplattenkennung: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Anbieter: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modell: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Bus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadaten: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE-Größe: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Stripes: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID-Version: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID-Typ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Chunk-Größe: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Parity-Algorithmus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Anzahl der Zylinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Zylindergröße: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Startzylinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Endzylinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Sektorgröße: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS-ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Dateipfad: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "Port-ID: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Tabelle enthält:</p>" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Gerät:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Dateisystem:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Festplatte: " -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Übersicht enthält:</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7176,8 +6859,8 @@ "Das Speichersubsystem wird durch eine unbekannte Anwendung gesperrt.\n" "Sie müssen diese Anwendung beenden, bevor Sie fortfahren können." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7185,50 +6868,44 @@ "Das Speichersubsystem wird durch die Anwendung \"%1\" (%2) gesperrt.\n" "Sie müssen diese Anwendung beenden, bevor Sie fortfahren können." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden. " -"Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden. Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Dateisystem für Root-Partition" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Dateisystem für Home-Partition" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "&Swap für Suspend erweitern" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für Vorschlag" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag</b>, wenn LVM nicht verwendet " -"werden soll.\n" -"Mit <b>LVM-basierter Vorschlag</b> wird normales LVM verwendet, und mit " -"<b>Verschlüsselter LVM-basierter\n" +"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag</b>, wenn LVM nicht verwendet werden soll.\n" +"Mit <b>LVM-basierter Vorschlag</b> wird normales LVM verwendet, und mit <b>Verschlüsselter LVM-basierter\n" "Vorschlag</b> wird das System verschlüsselt.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7236,105 +6913,101 @@ "size for the root partition.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Das Dateisystem für die Root-Partition lässt sich über die\n" -"entsprechende Combobox auswählen. Beim Dateisystem BtrFS ist es mit dem " -"Vorschlag\n" -"möglich, automatische Snapshots mit Snapper anzufertigen. Hierdurch erhöht " -"sich außerdem der\n" +"entsprechende Combobox auswählen. Beim Dateisystem BtrFS ist es mit dem Vorschlag\n" +"möglich, automatische Snapshots mit Snapper anzufertigen. Hierdurch erhöht sich außerdem der\n" "Platzbedarf der Root-Partition.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Mit dem Vorschlag kann eine separate Home-Partition erstellt werden. Das " -"Dateisystem für\n" +"<p>Mit dem Vorschlag kann eine separate Home-Partition erstellt werden. Das Dateisystem für\n" "die Home-Partition lässt sich über die entsprechende Combobox auswählen.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Die Auslagerungspartition kann so groß angelegt werden, dass\n" -"das System in den meisten Fällen auf der Festplatte in den Ruhezustand " -"versetzt werden.</p>" +"das System in den meisten Fällen auf der Festplatte in den Ruhezustand versetzt werden.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für den Verschlüsselungsvorschlag ein." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Passwort:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Passwort zur Überprüfung erneut eingeben:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-basierter Vorschlag" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "V&erschlüsselter LVM-basierter Vorschlag" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Einhängen durch (Standard):" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Standarddateisystem:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Speichergeräte anzeigen nach:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Partitionsausrichtung:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "Erstes Root-Dateisystem"